summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/976.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '976.txt')
-rw-r--r--976.txt6695
1 files changed, 6695 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/976.txt b/976.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3832705
--- /dev/null
+++ b/976.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6695 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Tanglewood Tales, by Nathaniel Hawthorne
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Tanglewood Tales
+
+Author: Nathaniel Hawthorne
+
+Posting Date: August 6, 2008 [EBook #976]
+Release Date: July, 1997
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TANGLEWOOD TALES ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Dianne Bean
+
+
+
+
+
+TANGLEWOOD TALES
+
+By Nathaniel Hawthorne
+
+
+
+
+THE WAYSIDE. INTRODUCTORY.
+
+A short time ago, I was favored with a flying visit from my young friend
+Eustace Bright, whom I had not before met with since quitting the breezy
+mountains of Berkshire. It being the winter vacation at his college,
+Eustace was allowing himself a little relaxation, in the hope, he told
+me, of repairing the inroads which severe application to study had
+made upon his health; and I was happy to conclude, from the excellent
+physical condition in which I saw him, that the remedy had already been
+attended with very desirable success. He had now run up from Boston by
+the noon train, partly impelled by the friendly regard with which he
+is pleased to honor me, and partly, as I soon found, on a matter of
+literary business.
+
+It delighted me to receive Mr. Bright, for the first time, under a roof,
+though a very humble one, which I could really call my own. Nor did I
+fail (as is the custom of landed proprietors all about the world) to
+parade the poor fellow up and down over my half a dozen acres; secretly
+rejoicing, nevertheless, that the disarray of the inclement season, and
+particularly the six inches of snow then upon the ground, prevented him
+from observing the ragged neglect of soil and shrubbery into which the
+place had lapsed. It was idle, however, to imagine that an airy guest
+from Monument Mountain, Bald Summit, and old Graylock, shaggy with
+primeval forests, could see anything to admire in my poor little
+hillside, with its growth of frail and insect-eaten locust trees.
+Eustace very frankly called the view from my hill top tame; and so,
+no doubt, it was, after rough, broken, rugged, headlong Berkshire, and
+especially the northern parts of the county, with which his college
+residence had made him familiar. But to me there is a peculiar, quiet
+charm in these broad meadows and gentle eminences. They are better than
+mountains, because they do not stamp and stereotype themselves into the
+brain, and thus grow wearisome with the same strong impression, repeated
+day after day. A few summer weeks among mountains, a lifetime among
+green meadows and placid slopes, with outlines forever new, because
+continually fading out of the memory--such would be my sober choice.
+
+I doubt whether Eustace did not internally pronounce the whole thing a
+bore, until I led him to my predecessor's little ruined, rustic summer
+house, midway on the hillside. It is a mere skeleton of slender,
+decaying tree trunks, with neither walls nor a roof; nothing but a
+tracery of branches and twigs, which the next wintry blast will be very
+likely to scatter in fragments along the terrace. It looks, and is, as
+evanescent as a dream; and yet, in its rustic network of boughs, it
+has somehow enclosed a hint of spiritual beauty, and has become a true
+emblem of the subtile and ethereal mind that planned it. I made Eustace
+Bright sit down on a snow bank, which had heaped itself over the mossy
+seat, and gazing through the arched windows opposite, he acknowledged
+that the scene at once grew picturesque.
+
+"Simple as it looks," said he, "this little edifice seems to be the work
+of magic. It is full of suggestiveness, and, in its way, is as good as a
+cathedral. Ah, it would be just the spot for one to sit in, of a summer
+afternoon, and tell the children some more of those wild stories from
+the classic myths!"
+
+"It would, indeed," answered I. "The summer house itself, so airy and
+so broken, is like one of those old tales, imperfectly remembered; and
+these living branches of the Baldwin apple tree, thrusting so rudely
+in, are like your unwarrantable interpolations. But, by the by, have
+you added any more legends to the series, since the publication of the
+'Wonder-Book'?"
+
+"Many more," said Eustace; "Primrose, Periwinkle, and the rest of them,
+allow me no comfort of my life unless I tell them a story every day or
+two. I have run away from home partly to escape the importunity of these
+little wretches! But I have written out six of the new stories, and have
+brought them for you to look over."
+
+"Are they as good as the first?" I inquired.
+
+"Better chosen, and better handled," replied Eustace Bright. "You will
+say so when you read them."
+
+"Possibly not," I remarked. "I know from my own experience, that an
+author's last work is always his best one, in his own estimate, until it
+quite loses the red heat of composition. After that, it falls into its
+true place, quietly enough. But let us adjourn to my study, and examine
+these new stories. It would hardly be doing yourself justice, were you
+to bring me acquainted with them, sitting here on this snow bank!"
+
+So we descended the hill to my small, old cottage, and shut ourselves
+up in the south-eastern room, where the sunshine comes in, warmly and
+brightly, through the better half of a winter's day. Eustace put his
+bundle of manuscript into my hands; and I skimmed through it pretty
+rapidly, trying to find out its merits and demerits by the touch of my
+fingers, as a veteran story-teller ought to know how to do.
+
+It will be remembered that Mr. Bright condescended to avail himself of
+my literary experience by constituting me editor of the "Wonder-Book."
+As he had no reason to complain of the reception of that erudite work by
+the public, he was now disposed to retain me in a similar position with
+respect to the present volume, which he entitled TANGLEWOOD TALES. Not,
+as Eustace hinted, that there was any real necessity for my services as
+introducer, inasmuch as his own name had become established in some good
+degree of favor with the literary world. But the connection with myself,
+he was kind enough to say, had been highly agreeable; nor was he by any
+means desirous, as most people are, of kicking away the ladder that had
+perhaps helped him to reach his present elevation. My young friend was
+willing, in short, that the fresh verdure of his growing reputation
+should spread over my straggling and half-naked boughs; even as I have
+sometimes thought of training a vine, with its broad leafiness, and
+purple fruitage, over the worm-eaten posts and rafters of the rustic
+summer house. I was not insensible to the advantages of his proposal,
+and gladly assured him of my acceptance.
+
+Merely from the title of the stories I saw at once that the subjects
+were not less rich than those of the former volume; nor did I at all
+doubt that Mr. Bright's audacity (so far as that endowment might avail)
+had enabled him to take full advantage of whatever capabilities they
+offered. Yet, in spite of my experience of his free way of handling
+them, I did not quite see, I confess, how he could have obviated all the
+difficulties in the way of rendering them presentable to children. These
+old legends, so brimming over with everything that is most abhorrent
+to our Christianized moral sense some of them so hideous, others so
+melancholy and miserable, amid which the Greek tragedians sought their
+themes, and moulded them into the sternest forms of grief that ever the
+world saw; was such material the stuff that children's playthings should
+be made of! How were they to be purified? How was the blessed sunshine
+to be thrown into them?
+
+But Eustace told me that these myths were the most singular things in
+the world, and that he was invariably astonished, whenever he began
+to relate one, by the readiness with which it adapted itself to the
+childish purity of his auditors. The objectionable characteristics seem
+to be a parasitical growth, having no essential connection with the
+original fable. They fall away, and are thought of no more, the instant
+he puts his imagination in sympathy with the innocent little circle,
+whose wide-open eyes are fixed so eagerly upon him. Thus the stories
+(not by any strained effort of the narrator's, but in harmony with their
+inherent germ) transform themselves, and re-assume the shapes which they
+might be supposed to possess in the pure childhood of the world. When
+the first poet or romancer told these marvellous legends (such is
+Eustace Bright's opinion), it was still the Golden Age. Evil had never
+yet existed; and sorrow, misfortune, crime, were mere shadows which
+the mind fancifully created for itself, as a shelter against too sunny
+realities; or, at most, but prophetic dreams to which the dreamer
+himself did not yield a waking credence. Children are now the only
+representatives of the men and women of that happy era; and therefore it
+is that we must raise the intellect and fancy to the level of childhood,
+in order to re-create the original myths.
+
+I let the youthful author talk as much and as extravagantly as he
+pleased, and was glad to see him commencing life with such confidence in
+himself and his performances. A few years will do all that is necessary
+towards showing him the truth in both respects. Meanwhile, it is
+but right to say, he does really appear to have overcome the moral
+objections against these fables, although at the expense of such
+liberties with their structure as must be left to plead their own
+excuse, without any help from me. Indeed, except that there was a
+necessity for it--and that the inner life of the legends cannot be come
+at save by making them entirely one's own property--there is no defense
+to be made.
+
+Eustace informed me that he had told his stories to the children in
+various situations--in the woods, on the shore of the lake, in the
+dell of Shadow Brook, in the playroom, at Tanglewood fireside, and in a
+magnificent palace of snow, with ice windows, which he helped his
+little friends to build. His auditors were even more delighted with
+the contents of the present volume than with the specimens which have
+already been given to the world. The classically learned Mr. Pringle,
+too, had listened to two or three of the tales, and censured them even
+more bitterly than he did THE THREE GOLDEN APPLES; so that, what with
+praise, and what with criticism, Eustace Bright thinks that there is
+good hope of at least as much success with the public as in the case of
+the "WonderBook."
+
+I made all sorts of inquiries about the children, not doubting that
+there would be great eagerness to hear of their welfare, among some good
+little folks who have written to me, to ask for another volume of myths.
+They are all, I am happy to say (unless we except Clover), in excellent
+health and spirits. Primrose is now almost a young lady, and, Eustace
+tells me, is just as saucy as ever. She pretends to consider herself
+quite beyond the age to be interested by such idle stories as these;
+but, for all that, whenever a story is to be told, Primrose never
+fails to be one of the listeners, and to make fun of it when finished.
+Periwinkle is very much grown, and is expected to shut up her baby house
+and throw away her doll in a month or two more. Sweet Fern has learned
+to read and write, and has put on a jacket and pair of pantaloons--all
+of which improvements I am sorry for. Squash Blossom, Blue Eye,
+Plantain, and Buttercup have had the scarlet fever, but came easily
+through it. Huckleberry, Milkweed, and Dandelion were attacked with the
+whooping cough, but bore it bravely, and kept out of doors whenever the
+sun shone. Cowslip, during the autumn, had either the measles, or some
+eruption that looked very much like it, but was hardly sick a day. Poor
+Clover has been a good deal troubled with her second teeth, which have
+made her meagre in aspect and rather fractious in temper; nor, even when
+she smiles, is the matter much mended, since it discloses a gap just
+within her lips, almost as wide as the barn door. But all this will pass
+over, and it is predicted that she will turn out a very pretty girl.
+
+As for Mr. Bright himself, he is now in his senior year at Williams
+College, and has a prospect of graduating with some degree of honorable
+distinction at the next Commencement. In his oration for the bachelor's
+degree, he gives me to understand, he will treat of the classical myths,
+viewed in the aspect of baby stories, and has a great mind to discuss
+the expediency of using up the whole of ancient history, for the same
+purpose. I do not know what he means to do with himself after leaving
+college, but trust that, by dabbling so early with the dangerous and
+seductive business of authorship, he will not be tempted to become an
+author by profession. If so I shall be very sorry for the little that I
+have had to do with the matter, in encouraging these first beginnings.
+
+I wish there were any likelihood of my soon seeing Primrose, Periwinkle,
+Dandelion, Sweet Fern, Clover Plantain, Huckleberry, Milkweed, Cowslip,
+Buttercup, Blue Eye, and Squash Blossom again. But as I do not know when
+I shall re-visit Tanglewood, and as Eustace Bright probably will not
+ask me to edit a third "WonderBook," the public of little folks must not
+expect to hear any more about those dear children from me. Heaven bless
+them, and everybody else, whether grown people or children!
+
+
+
+
+THE MINOTAUR.
+
+In the old city of Troezene, at the foot of a lofty mountain,
+there lived, a very long time ago, a little boy named Theseus. His
+grandfather, King Pittheus, was the sovereign of that country, and was
+reckoned a very wise man; so that Theseus, being brought up in the royal
+palace, and being naturally a bright lad, could hardly fail of profiting
+by the old king's instructions. His mother's name was Aethra. As for his
+father, the boy had never seen him. But, from his earliest remembrance,
+Aethra used to go with little Theseus into a wood, and sit down upon a
+moss-grown rock, which was deeply sunken into the earth. Here she
+often talked with her son about his father, and said that he was called
+Aegeus, and that he was a great king, and ruled over Attica, and dwelt
+at Athens, which was as famous a city as any in the world. Theseus was
+very fond of hearing about King Aegeus, and often asked his good mother
+Aethra why he did not come and live with them at Troezene.
+
+"Ah, my dear son," answered Aethra, with a sigh, "a monarch has his
+people to take care of. The men and women over whom he rules are in the
+place of children to him; and he can seldom spare time to love his own
+children as other parents do. Your father will never be able to leave
+his kingdom for the sake of seeing his little boy."
+
+"Well, but, dear mother," asked the boy, "why cannot I go to this famous
+city of Athens, and tell King Aegeus that I am his son?"
+
+"That may happen by and by," said Aethra. "Be patient, and we shall see.
+You are not yet big and strong enough to set out on such an errand."
+
+"And how soon shall I be strong enough?" Theseus persisted in inquiring.
+
+"You are but a tiny boy as yet," replied his mother. "See if you can
+lift this rock on which we are sitting?"
+
+The little fellow had a great opinion of his own strength. So, grasping
+the rough protuberances of the rock, he tugged and toiled amain, and got
+himself quite out of breath, without being able to stir the heavy stone.
+It seemed to be rooted into the ground. No wonder he could not move it;
+for it would have taken all the force of a very strong man to lift it
+out of its earthy bed.
+
+His mother stood looking on, with a sad kind of a smile on her lips and
+in her eyes, to see the zealous and yet puny efforts of her little boy.
+She could not help being sorrowful at finding him already so impatient
+to begin his adventures in the world.
+
+"You see how it is, my dear Theseus," said she. "You must possess far
+more strength than now before I can trust you to go to Athens, and tell
+King Aegeus that you are his son. But when you can lift this rock,
+and show me what is hidden beneath it, I promise you my permission to
+depart."
+
+Often and often, after this, did Theseus ask his mother whether it was
+yet time for him to go to Athens; and still his mother pointed to the
+rock, and told him that, for years to come, he could not be strong
+enough to move it. And again and again the rosy-checked and curly-headed
+boy would tug and strain at the huge mass of stone, striving, child as
+he was, to do what a giant could hardly have done without taking both
+of his great hands to the task. Meanwhile the rock seemed to be sinking
+farther and farther into the ground. The moss grew over it thicker and
+thicker, until at last it looked almost like a soft green seat, with
+only a few gray knobs of granite peeping out. The overhanging trees,
+also, shed their brown leaves upon it, as often as the autumn came; and
+at its base grew ferns and wild flowers, some of which crept quite over
+its surface. To all appearance, the rock was as firmly fastened as any
+other portion of the earth's substance.
+
+But, difficult as the matter looked, Theseus was now growing up to be
+such a vigorous youth, that, in his own opinion, the time would quickly
+come when he might hope to get the upper hand of this ponderous lump of
+stone.
+
+"Mother, I do believe it has started!" cried he, after one of his
+attempts. "The earth around it is certainly a little cracked!"
+
+"No, no, child!" his mother hastily answered. "It is not possible you
+can have moved it, such a boy as you still are!"
+
+Nor would she be convinced, although Theseus showed her the place where
+he fancied that the stem of a flower had been partly uprooted by the
+movement of the rock. But Aethra sighed, and looked disquieted; for, no
+doubt, she began to be conscious that her son was no longer a child, and
+that, in a little while hence, she must send him forth among the perils
+and troubles of the world.
+
+It was not more than a year afterwards when they were again sitting on
+the moss-covered stone. Aethra had once more told him the oft-repeated
+story of his father, and how gladly he would receive Theseus at his
+stately palace, and how he would present him to his courtiers and the
+people, and tell them that here was the heir of his dominions. The eyes
+of Theseus glowed with enthusiasm, and he would hardly sit still to hear
+his mother speak.
+
+"Dear mother Aethra," he exclaimed, "I never felt half so strong as now!
+I am no longer a child, nor a boy, nor a mere youth! I feel myself a
+man! It is now time to make one earnest trial to remove the stone."
+
+"Ah, my dearest Theseus," replied his mother "not yet! not yet!"
+
+"Yes, mother," said he, resolutely, "the time has come!"
+
+Then Theseus bent himself in good earnest to the task, and strained
+every sinew, with manly strength and resolution. He put his whole brave
+heart into the effort. He wrestled with the big and sluggish stone, as
+if it had been a living enemy. He heaved, he lifted, he resolved now
+to succeed, or else to perish there, and let the rock be his monument
+forever! Aethra stood gazing at him, and clasped her hands, partly with
+a mother's pride, and partly with a mother's sorrow. The great rock
+stirred! Yes, it was raised slowly from the bedded moss and earth,
+uprooting the shrubs and flowers along with it, and was turned upon its
+side. Theseus had conquered!
+
+While taking breath, he looked joyfully at his mother, and she smiled
+upon him through her tears.
+
+"Yes, Theseus," she said, "the time has come, and you must stay no
+longer at my side! See what King Aegeus, your royal father, left for you
+beneath the stone, when he lifted it in his mighty arms, and laid it on
+the spot whence you have now removed it."
+
+Theseus looked, and saw that the rock had been placed over another slab
+of stone, containing a cavity within it; so that it somewhat resembled a
+roughly-made chest or coffer, of which the upper mass had served as the
+lid. Within the cavity lay a sword, with a golden hilt, and a pair of
+sandals.
+
+"That was your father's sword," said Aethra, "and those were his
+sandals. When he went to be king of Athens, he bade me treat you as a
+child until you should prove yourself a man by lifting this heavy stone.
+That task being accomplished, you are to put on his sandals, in order to
+follow in your father's footsteps, and to gird on his sword, so that you
+may fight giants and dragons, as King Aegeus did in his youth."
+
+"I will set out for Athens this very day!" cried Theseus.
+
+But his mother persuaded him to stay a day or two longer, while she got
+ready some necessary articles for his journey. When his grandfather, the
+wise King Pittheus, heard that Theseus intended to present himself
+at his father's palace, he earnestly advised him to get on board of a
+vessel, and go by sea; because he might thus arrive within fifteen miles
+of Athens, without either fatigue or danger.
+
+"The roads are very bad by land," quoth the venerable king; "and they
+are terribly infested with robbers and monsters. A mere lad, like
+Theseus, is not fit to be trusted on such a perilous journey, all by
+himself. No, no; let him go by sea."
+
+But when Theseus heard of robbers and monsters, he pricked up his ears,
+and was so much the more eager to take the road along which they were to
+be met with. On the third day, therefore, he bade a respectful farewell
+to his grandfather, thanking him for all his kindness; and, after
+affectionately embracing his mother, he set forth with a good many of
+her tears glistening on his cheeks, and some, if the truth must be told,
+that had gushed out of his own eyes. But he let the sun and wind dry
+them, and walked stoutly on, playing with the golden hilt of his sword,
+and taking very manly strides in his father's sandals.
+
+I cannot stop to tell you hardly any of the adventures that befell
+Theseus on the road to Athens. It is enough to say, that he quite
+cleared that part of the country of the robbers about whom King Pittheus
+had been so much alarmed. One of these bad people was named Procrustes;
+and he was indeed a terrible fellow, and had an ugly way of making fun
+of the poor travelers who happened to fall into his clutches. In his
+cavern he had a bed, on which, with great pretense of hospitality, he
+invited his guests to lie down; but, if they happened to be shorter than
+the bed, this wicked villain stretched them out by main force; or, if
+they were too tall, he lopped off their heads or feet, and laughed at
+what he had done, as an excellent joke. Thus, however weary a man might
+be, he never liked to lie in the bed of Procrustes. Another of these
+robbers, named Scinis, must likewise have been a very great scoundrel.
+He was in the habit of flinging his victims off a high cliff into the
+sea; and, in order to give him exactly his deserts, Theseus tossed him
+off the very same place. But if you will believe me, the sea would not
+pollute itself by receiving such a bad person into its bosom; neither
+would the earth, having once got rid of him, consent to take him back;
+so that, between the cliff and the sea, Scinis stuck fast in the air,
+which was forced to bear the burden of his naughtiness.
+
+After these memorable deeds, Theseus heard of an enormous sow, which ran
+wild, and was the terror of all the farmers round about; and, as he did
+not consider himself above doing any good thing that came in his way, he
+killed this monstrous creature, and gave the carcass to the poor people
+for bacon. The great sow had been an awful beast, while ramping about
+the woods and fields, but was a pleasant object enough when cut up into
+joints, and smoking on I know not how many dinner tables.
+
+Thus, by the time he reached his journey's end, Theseus had done many
+valiant feats with his father's golden-hilted sword, and had gained
+the renown of being one of the bravest young men of the day. His fame
+traveled faster than he did, and reached Athens before him. As he
+entered the city, he heard the inhabitants talking at the street
+corners, and saying that Hercules was brave, and Jason too, and Castor
+and Pollux likewise, but that Theseus, the son of their own king,
+would turn out as great a hero as the best of them. Theseus took longer
+strides on hearing this, and fancied himself sure of a magnificent
+reception at his father's court, since he came thither with Fame to blow
+her trumpet before him, and cry to King Aegeus, "Behold your son!"
+
+He little suspected, innocent youth that he was, that here, in this very
+Athens, where his father reigned, a greater danger awaited him than any
+which he had encountered on the road. Yet this was the truth. You must
+understand that the father of Theseus, though not very old in years, was
+almost worn out with the cares of government, and had thus grown aged
+before his time. His nephews, not expecting him to live a very great
+while, intended to get all the power of the kingdom into their own
+hands. But when they heard that Theseus had arrived in Athens, and
+learned what a gallant young man he was, they saw that he would not be
+at all the kind of a person to let them steal away his father's crown
+and scepter, which ought to be his own by right of inheritance. Thus
+these bad-hearted nephews of King Aegeus, who were the own cousins of
+Theseus, at once became his enemies. A still more dangerous enemy was
+Medea, the wicked enchantress; for she was now the king's wife, and
+wanted to give the kingdom to her son Medus, instead of letting it be
+given to the son of Aethra, whom she hated.
+
+It so happened that the king's nephews met Theseus, and found out who he
+was, just as he reached the entrance of the royal palace. With all
+their evil designs against him, they pretended to be their cousin's
+best friends, and expressed great joy at making his acquaintance.
+They proposed to him that he should come into the king's presence as
+a stranger, in order to try whether Aegeus would discover in the young
+man's features any likeness either to himself or his mother Aethra, and
+thus recognize him for a son. Theseus consented; for he fancied that his
+father would know him in a moment, by the love that was in his heart.
+But, while he waited at the door, the nephews ran and told King Aegeus
+that a young man had arrived in Athens, who, to their certain knowledge,
+intended to put him to death, and get possession of his royal crown.
+
+"And he is now waiting for admission to your majesty's presence," added
+they.
+
+"Aha!" cried the old king, on hearing this. "Why, he must be a very
+wicked young fellow indeed! Pray, what would you advise me to do with
+him?"
+
+In reply to this question, the wicked Medea put in her word. As I
+have already told you, she was a famous enchantress. According to some
+stories, she was in the habit of boiling old people in a large caldron,
+under pretense of making them young again; but King Aegeus, I suppose,
+did not fancy such an uncomfortable way of growing young, or perhaps
+was contented to be old, and therefore would never let himself be
+popped into the caldron. If there were time to spare from more important
+matters, I should be glad to tell you of Medea's fiery chariot, drawn
+by winged dragons, in which the enchantress used often to take an airing
+among the clouds. This chariot, in fact, was the vehicle that first
+brought her to Athens, where she had done nothing but mischief ever
+since her arrival. But these and many other wonders must be left untold;
+and it is enough to say, that Medea, amongst a thousand other bad
+things, knew how to prepare a poison, that was instantly fatal to
+whomsoever might so much as touch it with his lips.
+
+So, when the king asked what he should do with Theseus, this naughty
+woman had an answer ready at her tongue's end.
+
+"Leave that to me, please your majesty," she replied. "Only admit this
+evil-minded young man to your presence, treat him civilly, and invite
+him to drink a goblet of wine. Your majesty is well aware that I
+sometimes amuse myself by distilling very powerful medicines. Here is
+one of them in this small phial. As to what it is made of, that is one
+of my secrets of state. Do but let me put a single drop into the goblet,
+and let the young man taste it; and I will answer for it, he shall quite
+lay aside the bad designs with which he comes hither."
+
+As she said this, Medea smiled; but, for all her smiling face, she
+meant nothing less than to poison the poor innocent Theseus, before
+his father's eyes. And King Aegeus, like most other kings, thought any
+punishment mild enough for a person who was accused of plotting against
+his life. He therefore made little or no objection to Medea's scheme,
+and as soon as the poisonous wine was ready, gave orders that the young
+stranger should be admitted into his presence.
+
+The goblet was set on a table beside the king's throne; and a fly,
+meaning just to sip a little from the brim, immediately tumbled into
+it, dead. Observing this, Medea looked round at the nephews, and smiled
+again.
+
+When Theseus was ushered into the royal apartment, the only object that
+he seemed to behold was the white-bearded old king. There he sat on his
+magnificent throne, a dazzling crown on his head, and a scepter in
+his hand. His aspect was stately and majestic, although his years and
+infirmities weighed heavily upon him, as if each year were a lump of
+lead, and each infirmity a ponderous stone, and all were bundled up
+together, and laid upon his weary shoulders. The tears both of joy and
+sorrow sprang into the young man's eyes; for he thought how sad it was
+to see his dear father so infirm, and how sweet it would be to support
+him with his own youthful strength, and to cheer him up with the
+alacrity of his loving spirit. When a son takes a father into his warm
+heart it renews the old man's youth in a better way than by the heat
+of Medea's magic caldron. And this was what Theseus resolved to do. He
+could scarcely wait to see whether King Aegeus would recognize him, so
+eager was he to throw himself into his arms.
+
+Advancing to the foot of the throne, he attempted to make a little
+speech, which he had been thinking about, as he came up the stairs. But
+he was almost choked by a great many tender feelings that gushed out of
+his heart and swelled into his throat, all struggling to find
+utterance together. And therefore, unless he could have laid his full,
+over-brimming heart into the king's hand, poor Theseus knew not what
+to do or say. The cunning Medea observed what was passing in the young
+man's mind. She was more wicked at that moment than ever she had been
+before; for (and it makes me tremble to tell you of it) she did her
+worst to turn all this unspeakable love with which Theseus was agitated
+to his own ruin and destruction.
+
+"Does your majesty see his confusion?" she whispered in the king's ear.
+"He is so conscious of guilt, that he trembles and cannot speak. The
+wretch lives too long! Quick! offer him the wine!"
+
+Now King Aegeus had been gazing earnestly at the young stranger, as he
+drew near the throne. There was something, he knew not what, either
+in his white brow, or in the fine expression of his mouth, or in his
+beautiful and tender eyes, that made him indistinctly feel as if he had
+seen this youth before; as if, indeed, he had trotted him on his knee
+when a baby, and had beheld him growing to be a stalwart man, while he
+himself grew old. But Medea guessed how the king felt, and would not
+suffer him to yield to these natural sensibilities; although they were
+the voice of his deepest heart, telling him as plainly as it could
+speak, that here was our dear son, and Aethra's son, coming to claim
+him for a father. The enchantress again whispered in the king's ear,
+and compelled him, by her witchcraft, to see everything under a false
+aspect.
+
+He made up his mind, therefore, to let Theseus drink off the poisoned
+wine.
+
+"Young man," said he, "you are welcome! I am proud to show hospitality
+to so heroic a youth. Do me the favor to drink the contents of this
+goblet. It is brimming over, as you see, with delicious wine, such as I
+bestow only on those who are worthy of it! None is more worthy to quaff
+it than yourself!"
+
+So saying, King Aegeus took the golden goblet from the table, and was
+about to offer it to Theseus. But, partly through his infirmities, and
+partly because it seemed so sad a thing to take away this young man's
+life, however wicked he might be, and partly, no doubt, because his
+heart was wiser than his head, and quaked within him at the thought of
+what he was going to do--for all these reasons, the king's hand
+trembled so much that a great deal of the wine slopped over. In order
+to strengthen his purpose, and fearing lest the whole of the precious
+poison should be wasted, one of his nephews now whispered to him:
+
+"Has your Majesty any doubt of this stranger's guilt? This is the
+very sword with which he meant to slay you. How sharp, and bright, and
+terrible it is! Quick!--let him taste the wine; or perhaps he may do the
+deed even yet."
+
+At these words, Aegeus drove every thought and feeling out of his
+breast, except the one idea of how justly the young man deserved to be
+put to death. He sat erect on his throne, and held out the goblet of
+wine with a steady hand, and bent on Theseus a frown of kingly severity;
+for, after all, he had too noble a spirit to murder even a treacherous
+enemy with a deceitful smile upon his face.
+
+"Drink!" said he, in the stern tone with which he was wont to condemn
+a criminal to be beheaded. "You have well deserved of me such wine as
+this!"
+
+Theseus held out his hand to take the wine. But, before he touched it,
+King Aegeus trembled again. His eyes had fallen on the gold-hilted sword
+that hung at the young man's side. He drew back the goblet.
+
+"That sword!" he exclaimed: "how came you by it?"
+
+"It was my father's sword," replied Theseus, with a tremulous voice.
+"These were his sandals. My dear mother (her name is Aethra) told me
+his story while I was yet a little child. But it is only a month since
+I grew strong enough to lift the heavy stone, and take the sword and
+sandals from beneath it, and come to Athens to seek my father."
+
+"My son! my son!" cried King Aegeus, flinging away the fatal goblet, and
+tottering down from the throne to fall into the arms of Theseus. "Yes,
+these are Aethra's eyes. It is my son."
+
+I have quite forgotten what became of the king's nephews. But when the
+wicked Medea saw this new turn of affairs, she hurried out of the
+room, and going to her private chamber, lost no time to setting her
+enchantments to work. In a few moments, she heard a great noise of
+hissing snakes outside of the chamber window; and behold! there was her
+fiery chariot, and four huge winged serpents, wriggling and twisting in
+the air, flourishing their tails higher than the top of the palace, and
+all ready to set off on an aerial journey. Medea staid only long enough
+to take her son with her, and to steal the crown jewels, together with
+the king's best robes, and whatever other valuable things she could lay
+hands on; and getting into the chariot, she whipped up the snakes, and
+ascended high over the city.
+
+The king, hearing the hiss of the serpents, scrambled as fast as he
+could to the window, and bawled out to the abominable enchantress never
+to come back. The whole people of Athens, too, who had run out of doors
+to see this wonderful spectacle, set up a shout of joy at the prospect
+of getting rid of her. Medea, almost bursting with rage, uttered
+precisely such a hiss as one of her own snakes, only ten times more
+venomous and spiteful; and glaring fiercely out of the blaze of the
+chariot, she shook her hands over the multitude below, as if she were
+scattering a million of curses among them. In so doing, however, she
+unintentionally let fall about five hundred diamonds of the first
+water, together with a thousand great pearls, and two thousand emeralds,
+rubies, sapphires, opals, and topazes, to which she had helped herself
+out of the king's strong box. All these came pelting down, like a shower
+of many-colored hailstones, upon the heads of grown people and children,
+who forthwith gathered them up, and carried them back to the palace. But
+King Aegeus told them that they were welcome to the whole, and to twice
+as many more, if he had them, for the sake of his delight at finding
+his son, and losing the wicked Medea. And, indeed, if you had seen how
+hateful was her last look, as the flaming chariot flew upward, you would
+not have wondered that both king and people should think her departure a
+good riddance.
+
+And now Prince Theseus was taken into great favor by his royal father.
+The old king was never weary of having him sit beside him on his throne
+(which was quite wide enough for two), and of hearing him tell about his
+dear mother, and his childhood, and his many boyish efforts to lift the
+ponderous stone. Theseus, however, was much too brave and active a young
+man to be willing to spend all his time in relating things which had
+already happened. His ambition was to perform other and more heroic
+deeds, which should be better worth telling in prose and verse. Nor had
+he been long in Athens before he caught and chained a terrible mad bull,
+and made a public show of him, greatly to the wonder and admiration
+of good King Aegeus and his subjects. But pretty soon, he undertook an
+affair that made all his foregone adventures seem like mere boy's play.
+The occasion of it was as follows:
+
+One morning, when Prince Theseus awoke, he fancied that he must have had
+a very sorrowful dream, and that it was still running in his mind, even
+now that his eyes were opened. For it appeared as if the air was full of
+a melancholy wail; and when he listened more attentively, he could hear
+sobs, and groans, and screams of woe, mingled with deep, quiet sighs,
+which came from the king's palace, and from the streets, and from the
+temples, and from every habitation in the city. And all these mournful
+noises, issuing out of thousands of separate hearts, united themselves
+into one great sound of affliction, which had startled Theseus from
+slumber. He put on his clothes as quickly as he could (not forgetting
+his sandals and gold-hilted sword), and, hastening to the king, inquired
+what it all meant.
+
+"Alas! my son," quoth King Aegeus, heaving a long sigh, "here is a very
+lamentable matter in hand! This is the wofulest anniversary in the
+whole year. It is the day when we annually draw lots to see which of
+the youths and maids of Athens shall go to be devoured by the horrible
+Minotaur!"
+
+"The Minotaur!" exclaimed Prince Theseus; and like a brave young prince
+as he was, he put his hand to the hilt of his sword. "What kind of a
+monster may that be? Is it not possible, at the risk of one's life, to
+slay him?"
+
+But King Aegeus shook his venerable head, and to convince Theseus that
+it was quite a hopeless case, he gave him an explanation of the whole
+affair. It seems that in the island of Crete there lived a certain
+dreadful monster, called a Minotaur, which was shaped partly like a
+man and partly like a bull, and was altogether such a hideous sort of
+a creature that it is really disagreeable to think of him. If he were
+suffered to exist at all, it should have been on some desert island,
+or in the duskiness of some deep cavern, where nobody would ever be
+tormented by his abominable aspect. But King Minos, who reigned over
+Crete, laid out a vast deal of money in building a habitation for the
+Minotaur, and took great care of his health and comfort, merely for
+mischief's sake. A few years before this time, there had been a war
+between the city of Athens and the island of Crete, in which the
+Athenians were beaten, and compelled to beg for peace. No peace could
+they obtain, however, except on condition that they should send seven
+young men and seven maidens, every year, to be devoured by the pet
+monster of the cruel King Minos. For three years past, this grievous
+calamity had been borne. And the sobs, and groans, and shrieks, with
+which the city was now filled, were caused by the people's woe, because
+the fatal day had come again, when the fourteen victims were to be
+chosen by lot; and the old people feared lest their sons or daughters
+might be taken, and the youths and damsels dreaded lest they themselves
+might be destined to glut the ravenous maw of that detestable man-brute.
+
+But when Theseus heard the story, he straightened himself up, so that
+he seemed taller than ever before; and as for his face it was indignant,
+despiteful, bold, tender, and compassionate, all in one look.
+
+"Let the people of Athens this year draw lots for only six young men,
+instead of seven," said he, "I will myself be the seventh; and let the
+Minotaur devour me if he can!"
+
+"O my dear son," cried King Aegeus, "why should you expose yourself to
+this horrible fate? You are a royal prince, and have a right to hold
+yourself above the destinies of common men."
+
+"It is because I am a prince, your son, and the rightful heir of your
+kingdom, that I freely take upon me the calamity of your subjects,"
+answered Theseus, "And you, my father, being king over these people, and
+answerable to Heaven for their welfare, are bound to sacrifice what
+is dearest to you, rather than that the son or daughter of the poorest
+citizen should come to any harm."
+
+The old king shed tears, and besought Theseus not to leave him desolate
+in his old age, more especially as he had but just begun to know the
+happiness of possessing a good and valiant son. Theseus, however,
+felt that he was in the right, and therefore would not give up his
+resolution. But he assured his father that he did not intend to be eaten
+up, unresistingly, like a sheep, and that, if the Minotaur devoured him,
+it should not be without a battle for his dinner. And finally, since he
+could not help it, King Aegeus consented to let him go. So a vessel
+was got ready, and rigged with black sails; and Theseus, with six other
+young men, and seven tender and beautiful damsels, came down to the
+harbor to embark. A sorrowful multitude accompanied them to the shore.
+There was the poor old king, too, leaning on his son's arm, and looking
+as if his single heart held all the grief of Athens.
+
+Just as Prince Theseus was going on board, his father bethought himself
+of one last word to say.
+
+"My beloved son," said he, grasping the Prince's hand, "you observe that
+the sails of this vessel are black; as indeed they ought to be, since it
+goes upon a voyage of sorrow and despair. Now, being weighed down with
+infirmities, I know not whether I can survive till the vessel shall
+return. But, as long as I do live, I shall creep daily to the top of
+yonder cliff, to watch if there be a sail upon the sea. And, dearest
+Theseus, if by some happy chance, you should escape the jaws of the
+Minotaur, then tear down those dismal sails, and hoist others that shall
+be bright as the sunshine. Beholding them on the horizon, myself and
+all the people will know that you are coming back victorious, and will
+welcome you with such a festal uproar as Athens never heard before."
+
+Theseus promised that he would do so. Then going on board, the mariners
+trimmed the vessel's black sails to the wind, which blew faintly off
+the shore, being pretty much made up of the sighs that everybody kept
+pouring forth on this melancholy occasion. But by and by, when they had
+got fairly out to sea, there came a stiff breeze from the north-west,
+and drove them along as merrily over the white-capped waves as if they
+had been going on the most delightful errand imaginable. And though
+it was a sad business enough, I rather question whether fourteen young
+people, without any old persons to keep them in order, could continue
+to spend the whole time of the voyage in being miserable. There had been
+some few dances upon the undulating deck, I suspect, and some hearty
+bursts of laughter, and other such unseasonable merriment among
+the victims, before the high blue mountains of Crete began to show
+themselves among the far-off clouds. That sight, to be sure, made them
+all very grave again.
+
+Theseus stood among the sailors, gazing eagerly towards the land;
+although, as yet, it seemed hardly more substantial than the clouds,
+amidst which the mountains were looming up. Once or twice, he fancied
+that he saw a glare of some bright object, a long way off, flinging a
+gleam across the waves.
+
+"Did you see that flash of light?" he inquired of the master of the
+vessel.
+
+"No, prince; but I have seen it before," answered the master. "It came
+from Talus, I suppose."
+
+As the breeze came fresher just then, the master was busy with trimming
+his sails, and had no more time to answer questions. But while the
+vessel flew faster and faster towards Crete, Theseus was astonished to
+behold a human figure, gigantic in size, which appeared to be striding,
+with a measured movement, along the margin of the island. It stepped
+from cliff to cliff, and sometimes from one headland to another, while
+the sea foamed and thundered on the shore beneath, and dashed its jets
+of spray over the giant's feet. What was still more remarkable, whenever
+the sun shone on this huge figure, it flickered and glimmered; its vast
+countenance, too, had a metallic lustre, and threw great flashes of
+splendor through the air. The folds of its garments, moreover, instead
+of waving in the wind, fell heavily over its limbs, as if woven of some
+kind of metal.
+
+The nigher the vessel came, the more Theseus wondered what this immense
+giant could be, and whether it actually had life or no. For, though it
+walked, and made other lifelike motions, there yet was a kind of jerk
+in its gait, which, together with its brazen aspect, caused the young
+prince to suspect that it was no true giant, but only a wonderful piece
+of machinery. The figure looked all the more terrible because it carried
+an enormous brass club on its shoulder.
+
+"What is this wonder?" Theseus asked of the master of the vessel, who
+was now at leisure to answer him.
+
+"It is Talus, the Man of Brass," said the master.
+
+"And is he a live giant, or a brazen image?" asked Theseus.
+
+"That, truly," replied the master, "is the point which has always
+perplexed me. Some say, indeed, that this Talus was hammered out for
+King Minos by Vulcan himself, the skilfullest of all workers in metal.
+But who ever saw a brazen image that had sense enough to walk round an
+island three times a day, as this giant walks round the island of Crete,
+challenging every vessel that comes nigh the shore? And, on the other
+hand, what living thing, unless his sinews were made of brass, would not
+be weary of marching eighteen hundred miles in the twenty-four hours, as
+Talus does, without ever sitting down to rest? He is a puzzler, take him
+how you will."
+
+Still the vessel went bounding onward; and now Theseus could hear the
+brazen clangor of the giant's footsteps, as he trod heavily upon the
+sea-beaten rocks, some of which were seen to crack and crumble into the
+foaming waves beneath his weight. As they approached the entrance of the
+port, the giant straddled clear across it, with a foot firmly planted on
+each headland, and uplifting his club to such a height that its butt-end
+was hidden in the cloud, he stood in that formidable posture, with the
+sun gleaming all over his metallic surface. There seemed nothing else
+to be expected but that, the next moment, he would fetch his great club
+down, slam bang, and smash the vessel into a thousand pieces, without
+heeding how many innocent people he might destroy; for there is seldom
+any mercy in a giant, you know, and quite as little in a piece of brass
+clockwork. But just when Theseus and his companions thought the blow was
+coming, the brazen lips unclosed themselves, and the figure spoke.
+
+"Whence come you, strangers?"
+
+And when the ringing voice ceased, there was just such a reverberation
+as you may have heard within a great church bell, for a moment or two
+after the stroke of the hammer.
+
+"From Athens!" shouted the master in reply.
+
+"On what errand?" thundered the Man of Brass.
+
+And he whirled his club aloft more threateningly than ever, as if he
+were about to smite them with a thunderstroke right amidships, because
+Athens, so little while ago, had been at war with Crete.
+
+"We bring the seven youths and the seven maidens," answered the master,
+"to be devoured by the Minotaur!"
+
+"Pass!" cried the brazen giant.
+
+That one loud word rolled all about the sky, while again there was a
+booming reverberation within the figure's breast. The vessel glided
+between the headlands of the port, and the giant resumed his march. In
+a few moments, this wondrous sentinel was far away, flashing in the
+distant sunshine, and revolving with immense strides round the island of
+Crete, as it was his never-ceasing task to do.
+
+No sooner had they entered the harbor than a party of the guards of King
+Minos came down to the water side, and took charge of the fourteen young
+men and damsels. Surrounded by these armed warriors, Prince Theseus
+and his companions were led to the king's palace, and ushered into his
+presence. Now, Minos was a stern and pitiless king. If the figure that
+guarded Crete was made of brass, then the monarch, who ruled over it,
+might be thought to have a still harder metal in his breast, and might
+have been called a man of iron. He bent his shaggy brows upon the poor
+Athenian victims. Any other mortal, beholding their fresh and tender
+beauty, and their innocent looks, would have felt himself sitting on
+thorns until he had made every soul of them happy by bidding them
+go free as the summer wind. But this immitigable Minos cared only
+to examine whether they were plump enough to satisfy the Minotaur's
+appetite. For my part, I wish he himself had been the only victim; and
+the monster would have found him a pretty tough one.
+
+One after another, King Minos called these pale, frightened youths and
+sobbing maidens to his footstool, gave them each a poke in the ribs
+with his sceptre (to try whether they were in good flesh or no), and
+dismissed them with a nod to his guards. But when his eyes rested on
+Theseus, the king looked at him more attentively, because his face was
+calm and brave.
+
+"Young man," asked he, with his stern voice, "are you not appalled at
+the certainty of being devoured by this terrible Minotaur?"
+
+"I have offered my life in a good cause," answered Theseus, "and
+therefore I give it freely and gladly. But thou, King Minos, art thou
+not thyself appalled, who, year after year, hast perpetrated this
+dreadful wrong, by giving seven innocent youths and as many maidens to
+be devoured by a monster? Dost thou not tremble, wicked king, to turn
+thine eyes inward on thine own heart? Sitting there on thy golden
+throne, and in thy robes of majesty, I tell thee to thy face, King
+Minos, thou art a more hideous monster than the Minotaur himself!"
+
+"Aha! do you think me so?" cried the king, laughing in his cruel way.
+"To-morrow, at breakfast time, you shall have an opportunity of judging
+which is the greater monster, the Minotaur or the king! Take them away,
+guards; and let this free-spoken youth be the Minotaur's first morsel."
+
+Near the king's throne (though I had no time to tell you so before)
+stood his daughter Ariadne. She was a beautiful and tender-hearted
+maiden, and looked at these poor doomed captives with very different
+feelings from those of the iron-breasted King Minos. She really wept
+indeed, at the idea of how much human happiness would be needlessly
+thrown away, by giving so many young people, in the first bloom and
+rose blossom of their lives, to be eaten up by a creature who, no doubt,
+would have preferred a fat ox, or even a large pig, to the plumpest of
+them. And when she beheld the brave, spirited figure of Prince Theseus
+bearing himself so calmly in his terrible peril, she grew a hundred
+times more pitiful than before. As the guards were taking him away,
+she flung herself at the king's feet, and besought him to set all the
+captives free, and especially this one young man.
+
+"Peace, foolish girl!" answered King Minos.
+
+"What hast thou to do with an affair like this? It is a matter of state
+policy, and therefore quite beyond thy weak comprehension. Go water thy
+flowers, and think no more of these Athenian caitiffs, whom the Minotaur
+shall as certainly eat up for breakfast as I will eat a partridge for my
+supper."
+
+So saying, the king looked cruel enough to devour Theseus and all the
+rest of the captives himself, had there been no Minotaur to save him the
+trouble. As he would hear not another word in their favor, the prisoners
+were now led away, and clapped into a dungeon, where the jailer advised
+them to go to sleep as soon as possible, because the Minotaur was in the
+habit of calling for breakfast early. The seven maidens and six of the
+young men soon sobbed themselves to slumber. But Theseus was not like
+them. He felt conscious that he was wiser, and braver, and stronger
+than his companions, and that therefore he had the responsibility of all
+their lives upon him, and must consider whether there was no way to save
+them, even in this last extremity. So he kept himself awake, and paced
+to and fro across the gloomy dungeon in which they were shut up.
+
+Just before midnight, the door was softly unbarred, and the gentle
+Ariadne showed herself, with a torch in her hand.
+
+"Are you awake, Prince Theseus?" she whispered.
+
+"Yes," answered Theseus. "With so little time to live, I do not choose
+to waste any of it in sleep."
+
+"Then follow me," said Ariadne, "and tread softly."
+
+What had become of the jailer and the guards, Theseus never knew. But,
+however that might be, Ariadne opened all the doors, and led him forth
+from the darksome prison into the pleasant moonlight.
+
+"Theseus," said the maiden, "you can now get on board your vessel, and
+sail away for Athens."
+
+"No," answered the young man; "I will never leave Crete unless I can
+first slay the Minotaur, and save my poor companions, and deliver Athens
+from this cruel tribute."
+
+"I knew that this would be your resolution," said Ariadne. "Come,
+then, with me, brave Theseus. Here is your own sword, which the guards
+deprived you of. You will need it; and pray Heaven you may use it well."
+
+Then she led Theseus along by the hand until they came to a dark,
+shadowy grove, where the moonlight wasted itself on the tops of the
+trees, without shedding hardly so much as a glimmering beam upon their
+pathway. After going a good way through this obscurity, they reached a
+high marble wall, which was overgrown with creeping plants, that made
+it shaggy with their verdure. The wall seemed to have no door, nor
+any windows, but rose up, lofty, and massive, and mysterious, and was
+neither to be clambered over, nor, as far as Theseus could perceive, to
+be passed through. Nevertheless, Ariadne did but press one of her soft
+little fingers against a particular block of marble and, though it
+looked as solid as any other part of the wall, it yielded to her
+touch, disclosing an entrance just wide enough to admit them They crept
+through, and the marble stone swung back into its place.
+
+"We are now," said Ariadne, "in the famous labyrinth which Daedalus
+built before he made himself a pair of wings, and flew away from our
+island like a bird. That Daedalus was a very cunning workman; but of all
+his artful contrivances, this labyrinth is the most wondrous. Were we
+to take but a few steps from the doorway, we might wander about all
+our lifetime, and never find it again. Yet in the very center of this
+labyrinth is the Minotaur; and, Theseus, you must go thither to seek
+him."
+
+"But how shall I ever find him," asked Theseus, "if the labyrinth so
+bewilders me as you say it will?"
+
+Just as he spoke, they heard a rough and very disagreeable roar, which
+greatly resembled the lowing of a fierce bull, but yet had some sort of
+sound like the human voice. Theseus even fancied a rude articulation in
+it, as if the creature that uttered it were trying to shape his hoarse
+breath into words. It was at some distance, however, and he really could
+not tell whether it sounded most like a bull's roar or a man's harsh
+voice.
+
+"That is the Minotaur's noise," whispered Ariadne, closely grasping the
+hand of Theseus, and pressing one of her own hands to her heart, which
+was all in a tremble. "You must follow that sound through the windings
+of the labyrinth, and, by and by, you will find him. Stay! take the end
+of this silken string; I will hold the other end; and then, if you
+win the victory, it will lead you again to this spot. Farewell, brave
+Theseus."
+
+So the young man took the end of the silken string in his left hand, and
+his gold-hilted sword, ready drawn from its scabbard, in the other, and
+trod boldly into the inscrutable labyrinth. How this labyrinth was built
+is more than I can tell you. But so cunningly contrived a mizmaze was
+never seen in the world, before nor since. There can be nothing else so
+intricate, unless it were the brain of a man like Daedalus, who planned
+it, or the heart of any ordinary man; which last, to be sure, is ten
+times as great a mystery as the labyrinth of Crete. Theseus had not
+taken five steps before he lost sight of Ariadne; and in five more his
+head was growing dizzy. But still he went on, now creeping through a low
+arch, now ascending a flight of steps, now in one crooked passage and
+now in another, with here a door opening before him, and there one
+banging behind, until it really seemed as if the walls spun round, and
+whirled him round along with them. And all the while, through these
+hollow avenues, now nearer, now farther off again, resounded the cry of
+the Minotaur; and the sound was so fierce, so cruel, so ugly, so like a
+bull's roar, and withal so like a human voice, and yet like neither of
+them, that the brave heart of Theseus grew sterner and angrier at
+every step; for he felt it an insult to the moon and sky, and to our
+affectionate and simple Mother Earth, that such a monster should have
+the audacity to exist.
+
+As he passed onward, the clouds gathered over the moon, and the
+labyrinth grew so dusky that Theseus could no longer discern the
+bewilderment through which he was passing. He would have left quite
+lost, and utterly hopeless of ever again walking in a straight path, if,
+every little while, he had not been conscious of a gentle twitch at
+the silken cord. Then he knew that the tender-hearted Ariadne was still
+holding the other end, and that she was fearing for him, and hoping for
+him, and giving him just as much of her sympathy as if she were close
+by his side. O, indeed, I can assure you, there was a vast deal of
+human sympathy running along that slender thread of silk. But still he
+followed the dreadful roar of the Minotaur, which now grew louder and
+louder, and finally so very loud that Theseus fully expected to come
+close upon him, at every new zizgag and wriggle of the path. And at
+last, in an open space, at the very center of the labyrinth, he did
+discern the hideous creature.
+
+Sure enough, what an ugly monster it was! Only his horned head belonged
+to a bull; and yet, somehow or other, he looked like a bull all over,
+preposterously waddling on his hind legs; or, if you happened to view
+him in another way, he seemed wholly a man, and all the more monstrous
+for being so. And there he was, the wretched thing, with no society, no
+companion, no kind of a mate, living only to do mischief, and incapable
+of knowing what affection means. Theseus hated him, and shuddered at
+him, and yet could not but be sensible of some sort of pity; and all
+the more, the uglier and more detestable the creature was. For he kept
+striding to and fro, in a solitary frenzy of rage, continually emitting
+a hoarse roar, which was oddly mixed up with half-shaped words; and,
+after listening a while, Theseus understood that the Minotaur was
+saying to himself how miserable he was, and how hungry, and how he hated
+everybody, and how he longed to eat up the human race alive.
+
+Ah! the bull-headed villain! And O, my good little people, you will
+perhaps see, one of these days, as I do now, that every human being who
+suffers any thing evil to get into his nature, or to remain there, is a
+kind of Minotaur, an enemy of his fellow-creatures, and separated from
+all good companionship, as this poor monster was.
+
+Was Theseus afraid? By no means, my dear auditors. What! a hero like
+Theseus afraid! Not had the Minotaur had twenty bull-heads instead of
+one. Bold as he was, however, I rather fancy that it strengthened his
+valiant heart, just at this crisis, to feel a tremulous twitch at the
+silken cord, which he was still holding in his left hand. It was as
+if Ariadne were giving him all her might and courage; and much as he
+already had, and little as she had to give, it made his own seem twice
+as much. And to confess the honest truth, he needed the whole; for
+now the Minotaur, turning suddenly about, caught sight of Theseus, and
+instantly lowered his horribly sharp horns, exactly as a mad bull does
+when he means to rush against an enemy. At the same time, he belched
+forth a tremendous roar, in which there was something like the words
+of human language, but all disjointed and shaken to pieces by passing
+through the gullet of a miserably enraged brute.
+
+Theseus could only guess what the creature intended to say, and that
+rather by his gestures than his words; for the Minotaur's horns were
+sharper than his wits, and of a great deal more service to him than his
+tongue. But probably this was the sense of what he uttered:
+
+"Ah, wretch of a human being! I'll stick my horns through you, and toss
+you fifty feet high, and eat you up the moment you come down."
+
+"Come on, then, and try it!" was all that Theseus deigned to reply; for
+he was far too magnanimous to assault his enemy with insolent language.
+
+Without more words on either side, there ensued the most awful fight
+between Theseus and the Minotaur that ever happened beneath the sun or
+moon. I really know not how it might have turned out, if the monster, in
+his first headlong rush against Theseus, had not missed him, by a hair's
+breadth, and broken one of his horns short off against the stone wall.
+On this mishap, he bellowed so intolerably that a part of the labyrinth
+tumbled down, and all the inhabitants of Crete mistook the noise for
+an uncommonly heavy thunder storm. Smarting with the pain, he galloped
+around the open space in so ridiculous a way that Theseus laughed at it,
+long afterwards, though not precisely at the moment. After this, the
+two antagonists stood valiantly up to one another, and fought, sword
+to horn, for a long while. At last, the Minotaur made a run at Theseus,
+grazed his left side with his horn, and flung him down; and thinking
+that he had stabbed him to the heart, he cut a great caper in the air,
+opened his bull mouth from ear to ear, and prepared to snap his head
+off. But Theseus by this time had leaped up, and caught the monster off
+his guard. Fetching a sword stroke at him with all his force, he hit him
+fair upon the neck, and made his bull head skip six yards from his human
+body, which fell down flat upon the ground.
+
+So now the battle was ended. Immediately the moon shone out as brightly
+as if all the troubles of the world, and all the wickedness and the
+ugliness that infest human life, were past and gone forever. And
+Theseus, as he leaned on his sword, taking breath, felt another twitch
+of the silken cord; for all through the terrible encounter, he had held
+it fast in his left hand. Eager to let Ariadne know of his success,
+he followed the guidance of the thread, and soon found himself at the
+entrance of the labyrinth.
+
+"Thou hast slain the monster," cried Ariadne, clasping her hands.
+
+"Thanks to thee, dear Ariadne," answered Theseus, "I return victorious."
+
+"Then," said Ariadne, "we must quickly summon thy friends, and get them
+and thyself on board the vessel before dawn. If morning finds thee here,
+my father will avenge the Minotaur."
+
+To make my story short, the poor captives were awakened, and, hardly
+knowing whether it was not a joyful dream, were told of what Theseus had
+done, and that they must set sail for Athens before daybreak. Hastening
+down to the vessel, they all clambered on board, except Prince Theseus,
+who lingered behind them on the strand, holding Ariadne's hand clasped
+in his own.
+
+"Dear maiden," said he, "thou wilt surely go with us. Thou art too
+gentle and sweet a child for such an iron-hearted father as King Minos.
+He cares no more for thee than a granite rock cares for the little
+flower that grows in one of its crevices. But my father, King Aegeus,
+and my dear mother, Aethra, and all the fathers and mothers in Athens,
+and all the sons and daughters too, will love and honor thee as their
+benefactress. Come with us, then; for King Minos will be very angry when
+he knows what thou hast done."
+
+Now, some low-minded people, who pretend to tell the story of Theseus
+and Ariadne, have the face to say that this royal and honorable maiden
+did really flee away, under cover of the night, with the young stranger
+whose life she had preserved. They say, too, that Prince Theseus (who
+would have died sooner than wrong the meanest creature in the world)
+ungratefully deserted Ariadne, on a solitary island, where the vessel
+touched on its voyage to Athens. But, had the noble Theseus heard these
+falsehoods, he would have served their slanderous authors as he served
+the Minotaur! Here is what Ariadne answered, when the brave prince of
+Athens besought her to accompany him:
+
+"No, Theseus," the maiden said, pressing his hand, and then drawing back
+a step or two, "I cannot go with you. My father is old, and has nobody
+but myself to love him. Hard as you think his heart is, it would break
+to lose me. At first, King Minos will be angry; but he will soon forgive
+his only child; and, by and by, he will rejoice, I know, that no more
+youths and maidens must come from Athens to be devoured by the Minotaur.
+I have saved you, Theseus, as much for my father's sake as for your own.
+Farewell! Heaven bless you!"
+
+All this was so true, and so maiden-like, and was spoken with so sweet a
+dignity, that Theseus would have blushed to urge her any longer.
+Nothing remained for him, therefore, but to bid Ariadne an affectionate
+farewell, and to go on board the vessel, and set sail.
+
+In a few moments the white foam was boiling up before their prow, as
+Prince Theseus and his companions sailed out of the harbor, with
+a whistling breeze behind them. Talus, the brazen giant, on his
+never-ceasing sentinel's march, happened to be approaching that part of
+the coast; and they saw him, by the glimmering of the moonbeams on his
+polished surface, while he was yet a great way off. As the figure moved
+like clockwork, however, and could neither hasten his enormous strides
+nor retard them, he arrived at the port when they were just beyond the
+reach of his club. Nevertheless, straddling from headland to headland,
+as his custom was, Talus attempted to strike a blow at the vessel,
+and, overreaching himself, tumbled at full length into the sea, which
+splashed high over his gigantic shape, as when an iceberg turns a
+somerset. There he lies yet; and whoever desires to enrich himself by
+means of brass had better go thither with a diving bell, and fish up
+Talus.
+
+On the homeward voyage, the fourteen youths and damsels were in
+excellent spirits, as you will easily suppose. They spent most of their
+time in dancing, unless when the sidelong breeze made the deck slope
+too much. In due season, they came within sight of the coast of Attica,
+which was their native country. But here, I am grieved to tell you,
+happened a sad misfortune.
+
+You will remember (what Theseus unfortunately forgot) that his father,
+King Aegeus, had enjoined it upon him to hoist sunshiny sails, instead
+of black ones, in case he should overcome the Minotaur, and return
+victorious. In the joy of their success, however, and amidst the sports,
+dancing, and other merriment, with which these young folks wore away the
+time, they never once thought whether their sails were black, white, or
+rainbow colored, and, indeed, left it entirely to the mariners whether
+they had any sails at all. Thus the vessel returned, like a raven, with
+the same sable wings that had wafted her away. But poor King Aegeus, day
+after day, infirm as he was, had clambered to the summit of a cliff that
+overhung the sea, and there sat watching for Prince Theseus, homeward
+bound; and no sooner did he behold the fatal blackness of the sails,
+than he concluded that his dear son, whom he loved so much, and felt so
+proud of, had been eaten by the Minotaur. He could not bear the thought
+of living any longer; so, first flinging his crown and sceptre into
+the sea (useless baubles that they were to him now), King Aegeus merely
+stooped forward, and fell headlong over the cliff, and was drowned, poor
+soul, in the waves that foamed at its base!
+
+This was melancholy news for Prince Theseus, who, when he stepped
+ashore, found himself king of all the country, whether he would or no;
+and such a turn of fortune was enough to make any young man feel very
+much out of spirits. However, he sent for his dear mother to Athens,
+and, by taking her advice in matters of state, became a very excellent
+monarch, and was greatly beloved by his people.
+
+
+
+THE PYGMIES.
+
+A great while ago, when the world was full of wonders, there lived an
+earth-born Giant, named Antaeus, and a million or more of curious little
+earth-born people, who were called Pygmies. This Giant and these
+Pygmies being children of the same mother (that is to say, our good
+old Grandmother Earth), were all brethren, and dwelt together in a very
+friendly and affectionate manner, far, far off, in the middle of hot
+Africa. The Pygmies were so small, and there were so many sandy deserts
+and such high mountains between them and the rest of mankind, that
+nobody could get a peep at them oftener than once in a hundred years. As
+for the Giant, being of a very lofty stature, it was easy enough to see
+him, but safest to keep out of his sight.
+
+Among the Pygmies, I suppose, if one of them grew to the height of six
+or eight inches, he was reckoned a prodigiously tall man. It must have
+been very pretty to behold their little cities, with streets two or
+three feet wide, paved with the smallest pebbles, and bordered by
+habitations about as big as a squirrel's cage. The king's palace
+attained to the stupendous magnitude of Periwinkle's baby house, and
+stood in the center of a spacious square, which could hardly have been
+covered by our hearth-rug. Their principal temple, or cathedral, was as
+lofty as yonder bureau, and was looked upon as a wonderfully sublime and
+magnificent edifice. All these structures were built neither of stone
+nor wood. They were neatly plastered together by the Pygmy workmen,
+pretty much like birds' nests, out of straw, feathers, egg shells, and
+other small bits of stuff, with stiff clay instead of mortar; and when
+the hot sun had dried them, they were just as snug and comfortable as a
+Pygmy could desire.
+
+The country round about was conveniently laid out in fields, the largest
+of which was nearly of the same extent as one of Sweet Fern's flower
+beds. Here the Pygmies used to plant wheat and other kinds of grain,
+which, when it grew up and ripened, overshadowed these tiny people as
+the pines, and the oaks, and the walnut and chestnut trees overshadow
+you and me, when we walk in our own tracts of woodland. At harvest time,
+they were forced to go with their little axes and cut down the grain,
+exactly as a woodcutter makes a clearing in the forest; and when a stalk
+of wheat, with its overburdened top, chanced to come crashing down upon
+an unfortunate Pygmy, it was apt to be a very sad affair. If it did not
+smash him all to pieces, at least, I am sure, it must have made the poor
+little fellow's head ache. And O, my stars! if the fathers and mothers
+were so small, what must the children and babies have been? A whole
+family of them might have been put to bed in a shoe, or have crept into
+an old glove, and played at hide-and-seek in its thumb and fingers. You
+might have hidden a year-old baby under a thimble.
+
+Now these funny Pygmies, as I told you before, had a Giant for their
+neighbor and brother, who was bigger, if possible, than they were
+little. He was so very tall that he carried a pine tree, which was eight
+feet through the butt, for a walking stick. It took a far-sighted Pygmy,
+I can assure you, to discern his summit without the help of a telescope;
+and sometimes, in misty weather, they could not see his upper half, but
+only his long legs, which seemed to be striding about by themselves. But
+at noonday in a clear atmosphere, when the sun shone brightly over him,
+the Giant Antaeus presented a very grand spectacle. There he used to
+stand, a perfect mountain of a man, with his great countenance smiling
+down upon his little brothers, and his one vast eye (which was as big as
+a cart wheel, and placed right in the center of his forehead) giving a
+friendly wink to the whole nation at once.
+
+The Pygmies loved to talk with Antaeus; and fifty times a day, one or
+another of them would turn up his head, and shout through the hollow of
+his fists, "Halloo, brother Antaeus! How are you, my good fellow?" And
+when the small distant squeak of their voices reached his ear, the
+Giant would make answer, "Pretty well, brother Pygmy, I thank you," in a
+thunderous roar that would have shaken down the walls of their strongest
+temple, only that it came from so far aloft.
+
+It was a happy circumstance that Antaeus was the Pygmy people's friend;
+for there was more strength in his little finger than in ten million of
+such bodies as this. If he had been as ill-natured to them as he was
+to everybody else, he might have beaten down their biggest city at one
+kick, and hardly have known that he did it. With the tornado of his
+breath, he could have stripped the roofs from a hundred dwellings and
+sent thousands of the inhabitants whirling through the air. He might
+have set his immense foot upon a multitude; and when he took it up
+again, there would have been a pitiful sight, to be sure. But, being
+the son of Mother Earth, as they likewise were, the Giant gave them his
+brotherly kindness, and loved them with as big a love as it was possible
+to feel for creatures so very small. And, on their parts, the Pygmies
+loved Antaeus with as much affection as their tiny hearts could hold. He
+was always ready to do them any good offices that lay in his power;
+as for example, when they wanted a breeze to turn their windmills, the
+Giant would set all the sails a-going with the mere natural respiration
+of his lungs. When the sun was too hot, he often sat himself down, and
+let his shadow fall over the kingdom, from one frontier to the other;
+and as for matters in general, he was wise enough to let them alone,
+and leave the Pygmies to manage their own affairs--which, after all, is
+about the best thing that great people can do for little ones.
+
+In short, as I said before, Antaeus loved the Pygmies, and the Pygmies
+loved Antaeus. The Giant's life being as long as his body was large,
+while the lifetime of a Pygmy was but a span, this friendly intercourse
+had been going on for innumerable generations and ages. It was written
+about in the Pygmy histories, and talked about in their ancient
+traditions. The most venerable and white-bearded Pygmy had never heard
+of a time, even in his greatest of grandfathers' days, when the Giant
+was not their enormous friend. Once, to be sure (as was recorded on
+an obelisk, three feet high, erected on the place of the catastrophe),
+Antaeus sat down upon about five thousand Pygmies, who were assembled at
+a military review. But this was one of those unlucky accidents for which
+nobody is to blame; so that the small folks never took it to heart, and
+only requested the Giant to be careful forever afterwards to examine the
+acre of ground where he intended to squat himself.
+
+It is a very pleasant picture to imagine Antaeus standing among the
+Pygmies, like the spire of the tallest cathedral that ever was built,
+while they ran about like pismires at his feet; and to think that, in
+spite of their difference in size, there were affection and sympathy
+between them and him! Indeed, it has always seemed to me that the Giant
+needed the little people more than the Pygmies needed the Giant. For,
+unless they had been his neighbors and well wishers, and, as we may
+say, his playfellows, Antaeus would not have had a single friend in the
+world. No other being like himself had ever been created. No creature of
+his own size had ever talked with him, in thunder-like accents, face to
+face. When he stood with his head among the clouds, he was quite alone,
+and had been so for hundreds of years, and would be so forever. Even if
+he had met another Giant, Antaeus would have fancied the world not big
+enough for two such vast personages, and, instead of being friends with
+him, would have fought him till one of the two was killed. But with the
+Pygmies he was the most sportive and humorous, and merry-hearted, and
+sweet-tempered old Giant that ever washed his face in a wet cloud.
+
+His little friends, like all other small people, had a great opinion of
+their own importance, and used to assume quite a patronizing air towards
+the Giant.
+
+"Poor creature!" they said one to another. "He has a very dull time of
+it, all by himself; and we ought not to grudge wasting a little of our
+precious time to amuse him. He is not half so bright as we are, to be
+sure; and, for that reason, he needs us to look after his comfort and
+happiness. Let us be kind to the old fellow. Why, if Mother Earth had
+not been very kind to ourselves, we might all have been Giants too."
+
+On all their holidays, the Pygmies had excellent sport with Antaeus.
+He often stretched himself out at full length on the ground, where he
+looked like the long ridge of a hill; and it was a good hour's walk,
+no doubt, for a short-legged Pygmy to journey from head to foot of the
+Giant. He would lay down his great hand flat on the grass, and challenge
+the tallest of them to clamber upon it, and straddle from finger to
+finger. So fearless were they, that they made nothing of creeping in
+among the folds of his garments. When his head lay sidewise on the
+earth, they would march boldly up, and peep into the great cavern of his
+mouth, and take it all as a joke (as indeed it was meant) when Antaeus
+gave a sudden snap of his jaws, as if he were going to swallow fifty of
+them at once. You would have laughed to see the children dodging in and
+out among his hair, or swinging from his beard. It is impossible to tell
+half of the funny tricks that they played with their huge comrade; but
+I do not know that anything was more curious than when a party of boys
+were seen running races on his forehead, to try which of them could get
+first round the circle of his one great eye. It was another favorite
+feat with them to march along the bridge of his nose, and jump down upon
+his upper lip.
+
+If the truth must be told, they were sometimes as troublesome to
+the Giant as a swarm of ants or mosquitoes, especially as they had a
+fondness for mischief, and liked to prick his skin with their little
+swords and lances, to see how thick and tough it was. But Antaeus took
+it all kindly enough; although, once in a while, when he happened to be
+sleepy, he would grumble out a peevish word or two, like the muttering
+of a tempest, and ask them to have done with their nonsense. A great
+deal oftener, however, he watched their merriment and gambols until his
+huge, heavy, clumsy wits were completely stirred up by them; and then
+would he roar out such a tremendous volume of immeasurable laughter,
+that the whole nation of Pygmies had to put their hands to their ears,
+else it would certainly have deafened them.
+
+"Ho! ho! ho!" quoth the Giant, shaking his mountainous sides. "What a
+funny thing it is to be little! If I were not Antaeus, I should like to
+be a Pygmy, just for the joke's sake."
+
+The Pygmies had but one thing to trouble them in the world. They were
+constantly at war with the cranes, and had always been so, ever since
+the long-lived Giant could remember. From time to time, very terrible
+battles had been fought in which sometimes the little men won the
+victory, and sometimes the cranes. According to some historians, the
+Pygmies used to go to the battle, mounted on the backs of goats and
+rams; but such animals as these must have been far too big for Pygmies
+to ride upon; so that, I rather suppose, they rode on squirrel-back, or
+rabbit-back, or rat-back, or perhaps got upon hedgehogs, whose prickly
+quills would be very terrible to the enemy. However this might be, and
+whatever creatures the Pygmies rode upon, I do not doubt that they made
+a formidable appearance, armed with sword and spear, and bow and arrow,
+blowing their tiny trumpet, and shouting their little war cry. They
+never failed to exhort one another to fight bravely, and recollect that
+the world had its eyes upon them; although, in simple truth, the only
+spectator was the Giant Antaeus, with his one, great, stupid eye in the
+middle of his forehead.
+
+When the two armies joined battle, the cranes would rush forward,
+flapping their wings and stretching out their necks, and would perhaps
+snatch up some of the Pygmies crosswise in their beaks. Whenever this
+happened, it was truly an awful spectacle to see those little men of
+might kicking and sprawling in the air, and at last disappearing down
+the crane's long, crooked throat, swallowed up alive. A hero, you know,
+must hold himself in readiness for any kind of fate; and doubtless
+the glory of the thing was a consolation to him, even in the crane's
+gizzard. If Antaeus observed that the battle was going hard against his
+little allies, he generally stopped laughing, and ran with mile-long
+strides to their assistance, flourishing his club aloft and shouting
+at the cranes, who quacked and croaked, and retreated as fast as they
+could. Then the Pygmy army would march homeward in triumph, attributing
+the victory entirely to their own valor, and to the warlike skill and
+strategy of whomsoever happened to be captain general; and for a tedious
+while afterwards, nothing would be heard of but grand processions, and
+public banquets, and brilliant illuminations, and shows of wax-work,
+with likenesses of the distinguished officers, as small as life.
+
+In the above-described warfare, if a Pygmy chanced to pluck out a
+crane's tail feather, it proved a very great feather in his cap. Once or
+twice, if you will believe me, a little man was made chief ruler of
+the nation for no other merit in the world than bringing home such a
+feather.
+
+But I have now said enough to let you see what a gallant little people
+these were, and how happily they and their forefathers, for nobody knows
+how many generations, had lived with the immeasurable Giant Antaeus.
+In the remaining part of the story, I shall tell you of a far more
+astonishing battle than any that was fought between the Pygmies and the
+cranes.
+
+One day the mighty Antaeus was lolling at full length among his little
+friends. His pine-tree walking stick lay on the ground, close by his
+side. His head was in one part of the kingdom, and his feet extended
+across the boundaries of another part; and he was taking whatever
+comfort he could get, while the Pygmies scrambled over him, and peeped
+into his cavernous mouth, and played among his hair. Sometimes, for a
+minute or two, the Giant dropped asleep, and snored like the rush of a
+whirlwind. During one of these little bits of slumber, a Pygmy chanced
+to climb upon his shoulder, and took a view around the horizon, as from
+the summit of a hill; and he beheld something, a long way off, which
+made him rub the bright specks of his eyes, and look sharper than
+before. At first he mistook it for a mountain, and wondered how it had
+grown up so suddenly out of the earth. But soon he saw the mountain
+move. As it came nearer and nearer, what should it turn out to be but a
+human shape, not so big as Antaeus, it is true, although a very enormous
+figure, in comparison with Pygmies, and a vast deal bigger than the men
+we see nowadays.
+
+When the Pygmy was quite satisfied that his eyes had not deceived him,
+he scampered, as fast as his legs would carry him, to the Giant's ear,
+and stooping over its cavity, shouted lustily into it:
+
+"Halloo, brother Antaeus! Get up this minute, and take your pine-tree
+walking stick in your hand. Here comes another Giant to have a tussle
+with you."
+
+"Poh, poh!" grumbled Antaeus, only half awake. "None of your nonsense,
+my little fellow! Don't you see I'm sleepy? There is not a Giant on
+earth for whom I would take the trouble to get up."
+
+But the Pygmy looked again, and now perceived that the stranger was
+coming directly towards the prostrate form of Antaeus. With every step,
+he looked less like a blue mountain, and more like an immensely large
+man. He was soon so nigh, that there could be no possible mistake about
+the matter. There he was, with the sun flaming on his golden helmet, and
+flashing from his polished breastplate; he had a sword by his side,
+and a lion's skin over his back, and on his right shoulder he carried a
+club, which looked bulkier and heavier than the pine-tree walking stick
+of Antaeus.
+
+By this time, the whole nation of the Pygmies had seen the new wonder,
+and a million of them set up a shout all together; so that it really
+made quite an audible squeak.
+
+"Get up, Antaeus! Bestir yourself, you lazy old Giant! Here comes
+another Giant, as strong as you are, to fight with you."
+
+"Nonsense, nonsense!" growled the sleepy Giant. "I'll have my nap out,
+come who may."
+
+Still the stranger drew nearer; and now the Pygmies could plainly
+discern that, if his stature were less lofty than the Giant's, yet his
+shoulders were even broader. And, in truth, what a pair of shoulders
+they must have been! As I told you, a long while ago, they once upheld
+the sky. The Pygmies, being ten times as vivacious as their great
+numskull of a brother, could not abide the Giant's slow movements, and
+were determined to have him on his feet. So they kept shouting to him,
+and even went so far as to prick him with their swords.
+
+"Get up, get up, get up," they cried. "Up with you, lazy bones! The
+strange Giant's club is bigger than your own, his shoulders are the
+broadest, and we think him the stronger of the two."
+
+Antaeus could not endure to have it said that any mortal was half so
+mighty as himself. This latter remark of the Pygmies pricked him deeper
+than their swords; and, sitting up, in rather a sulky humor, he gave
+a gape of several yards wide, rubbed his eyes, and finally turned his
+stupid head in the direction whither his little friends were eagerly
+pointing.
+
+No sooner did he set eyes on the stranger, than, leaping on his feet,
+and seizing his walking stick, he strode a mile or two to meet him; all
+the while brandishing the sturdy pine tree, so that it whistled through
+the air.
+
+"Who are you?" thundered the Giant. "And what do you want in my
+dominions?"
+
+There was one strange thing about Antaeus, of which I have not yet
+told you, lest, hearing of so many wonders all in a lump, you might
+not believe much more than half of them. You are to know, then, that
+whenever this redoubtable Giant touched the ground, either with his
+hand, his foot, or any other part of his body, he grew stronger than
+ever he had been before. The Earth, you remember, was his mother, and
+was very fond of him, as being almost the biggest of her children;
+and so she took this method of keeping him always in full vigor. Some
+persons affirm that he grew ten times stronger at every touch; others
+say that it was only twice as strong. But only think of it! Whenever
+Antaeus took a walk, supposing it were but ten miles, and that he
+stepped a hundred yards at a stride, you may try to cipher out how much
+mightier he was, on sitting down again, than when he first started. And
+whenever he flung himself on the earth to take a little repose, even if
+he got up the very next instant, he would be as strong as exactly ten
+just such giants as his former self. It was well for the world that
+Antaeus happened to be of a sluggish disposition and liked ease better
+than exercise; for, if he had frisked about like the Pygmies, and
+touched the earth as often as they did, he would long ago have been
+strong enough to pull down the sky about people's ears. But these great
+lubberly fellows resemble mountains, not only in bulk, but in their
+disinclination to move.
+
+Any other mortal man, except the very one whom Antaeus had now
+encountered, would have been half frightened to death by the Giant's
+ferocious aspect and terrible voice. But the stranger did not seem at
+all disturbed. He carelessly lifted his club, and balanced it in his
+hand, measuring Antaeus with his eye, from head to foot, not as if
+wonder-smitten at his stature, but as if he had seen a great many Giants
+before, and this was by no means the biggest of them. In fact, if the
+Giant had been no bigger than the Pygmies (who stood pricking up their
+ears, and looking and listening to what was going forward), the stranger
+could not have been less afraid of him.
+
+"Who are you, I say?" roared Antaeus again. "What's your name? Why do
+you come hither? Speak, you vagabond, or I'll try the thickness of your
+skull with my walking-stick!"
+
+"You are a very discourteous Giant," answered the stranger quietly, "and
+I shall probably have to teach you a little civility, before we part. As
+for my name, it is Hercules. I have come hither because this is my most
+convenient road to the garden of the Hesperides, whither I am going to
+get three of the golden apples for King Eurystheus."
+
+"Caitiff, you shall go no farther!" bellowed Antaeus, putting on a
+grimmer look than before; for he had heard of the mighty Hercules, and
+hated him because he was said to be so strong. "Neither shall you go
+back whence you came!"
+
+"How will you prevent me," asked Hercules, "from going whither I
+please?"
+
+"By hitting you a rap with this pine tree here," shouted Antaeus,
+scowling so that he made himself the ugliest monster in Africa. "I am
+fifty times stronger than you; and now that I stamp my foot upon the
+ground, I am five hundred times stronger! I am ashamed to kill such a
+puny little dwarf as you seem to be. I will make a slave of you, and you
+shall likewise be the slave of my brethren here, the Pygmies. So throw
+down your club and your other weapons; and as for that lion's skin, I
+intend to have a pair of gloves made of it."
+
+"Come and take it off my shoulders, then," answered Hercules, lifting
+his club.
+
+Then the Giant, grinning with rage, strode tower-like towards the
+stranger (ten times strengthened at every step), and fetched a monstrous
+blow at him with his pine tree, which Hercules caught upon his club; and
+being more skilful than Antaeus, he paid him back such a rap upon the
+sconce, that down tumbled the great lumbering man-mountain, flat upon
+the ground. The poor little Pygmies (who really never dreamed that
+anybody in the world was half so strong as their brother Antaeus) were a
+good deal dismayed at this. But no sooner was the Giant down, than up
+he bounced again, with tenfold might, and such a furious visage as was
+horrible to behold. He aimed another blow at Hercules, but struck awry,
+being blinded with wrath, and only hit his poor innocent Mother Earth,
+who groaned and trembled at the stroke. His pine tree went so deep into
+the ground, and stuck there so fast, that, before Antaeus could get it
+out, Hercules brought down his club across his shoulders with a mighty
+thwack, which made the Giant roar as if all sorts of intolerable noises
+had come screeching and rumbling out of his immeasurable lungs in that
+one cry. Away it went, over mountains and valleys, and, for aught I
+know, was heard on the other side of the African deserts.
+
+As for the Pygmies, their capital city was laid in ruins by the
+concussion and vibration of the air; and, though there was uproar enough
+without their help, they all set up a shriek out of three millions of
+little throats, fancying, no doubt, that they swelled the Giant's bellow
+by at least ten times as much. Meanwhile, Antaeus had scrambled upon his
+feet again, and pulled his pine tree out of the earth; and, all aflame
+with fury, and more outrageously strong than ever, he ran at Hercules,
+and brought down another blow.
+
+"This time, rascal," shouted he, "you shall not escape me."
+
+But once more Hercules warded off the stroke with his club, and the
+Giant's pine tree was shattered into a thousand splinters, most of which
+flew among the Pygmies, and did them more mischief than I like to think
+about. Before Antaeus could get out of the way, Hercules let drive
+again, and gave him another knock-down blow, which sent him heels over
+head, but served only to increase his already enormous and insufferable
+strength. As for his rage, there is no telling what a fiery furnace it
+had now got to be. His one eye was nothing but a circle of red flame.
+Having now no weapons but his fists, he doubled them up (each bigger
+than a hogshead), smote one against the other, and danced up and down
+with absolute frenzy, flourishing his immense arms about, as if he meant
+not merely to kill Hercules, but to smash the whole world to pieces.
+
+"Come on!" roared this thundering Giant. "Let me hit you but one box on
+the ear, and you'll never have the headache again."
+
+Now Hercules (though strong enough, as you already know, to hold the
+sky up) began to be sensible that he should never win the victory, if he
+kept on knocking Antaeus down; for, by and by, if he hit him such hard
+blows, the Giant would inevitably, by the help of his Mother Earth,
+become stronger than the mighty Hercules himself. So, throwing down his
+club, with which he had fought so many dreadful battles, the hero stood
+ready to receive his antagonist with naked arms.
+
+"Step forward," cried he. "Since I've broken your pine tree, we'll try
+which is the better man at a wrestling match."
+
+"Aha! then I'll soon satisfy you," shouted the Giant; for, if there was
+one thing on which he prided himself more than another, it was his skill
+in wrestling. "Villain, I'll fling you where you can never pick yourself
+up again."
+
+On came Antaeus, hopping and capering with the scorching heat of his
+rage, and getting new vigor wherewith to wreak his passion, every time
+he hopped.
+
+But Hercules, you must understand, was wiser than this numskull of a
+Giant, and had thought of a way to fight him--huge, earth-born monster
+that he was--and to conquer him too, in spite of all that his Mother
+Earth could do for him. Watching his opportunity, as the mad Giant made
+a rush at him, Hercules caught him round the middle with both hands,
+lifted him high into the air, and held him aloft overhead.
+
+Just imagine it, my dear little friends. What a spectacle it must have
+been, to see this monstrous fellow sprawling in the air, face downwards,
+kicking out his long legs and wriggling his whole vast body, like a baby
+when its father holds it at arm's length towards the ceiling.
+
+But the most wonderful thing was, that, as soon as Antaeus was fairly
+off the earth, he began to lose the vigor which he had gained by
+touching it. Hercules very soon perceived that his troublesome enemy was
+growing weaker, both because he struggled and kicked with less violence,
+and because the thunder of his big voice subsided into a grumble. The
+truth was that unless the Giant touched Mother Earth as often as once
+in five minutes, not only his overgrown strength, but the very breath of
+his life, would depart from him. Hercules had guessed this secret; and
+it may be well for us all to remember it, in case we should ever have
+to fight a battle with a fellow like Antaeus. For these earth-born
+creatures are only difficult to conquer on their own ground, but may
+easily be managed if we can contrive to lift them into a loftier and
+purer region. So it proved with the poor Giant, whom I am really a
+little sorry for, notwithstanding his uncivil way of treating strangers
+who came to visit him.
+
+When his strength and breath were quite gone, Hercules gave his huge
+body a toss, and flung it about a mile off, where it fell heavily,
+and lay with no more motion than a sand hill. It was too late for the
+Giant's Mother Earth to help him now; and I should not wonder if his
+ponderous bones were lying on the same spot to this very day, and were
+mistaken for those of an uncommonly large elephant.
+
+But, alas me! What a wailing did the poor little Pygmies set up when
+they saw their enormous brother treated in this terrible manner! If
+Hercules heard their shrieks, however, he took no notice, and perhaps
+fancied them only the shrill, plaintive twittering of small birds that
+had been frightened from their nests by the uproar of the battle between
+himself and Antaeus. Indeed, his thoughts had been so much taken up with
+the Giant, that he had never once looked at the Pygmies, nor even knew
+that there was such a funny little nation in the world. And now, as he
+had traveled a good way, and was also rather weary with his exertions in
+the fight, he spread out his lion's skin on the ground, and, reclining
+himself upon it, fell fast asleep.
+
+As soon as the Pygmies saw Hercules preparing for a nap, they nodded
+their little heads at one another, and winked with their little eyes.
+And when his deep, regular breathing gave them notice that he was
+asleep, they assembled together in an immense crowd, spreading over
+a space of about twenty-seven feet square. One of their most eloquent
+orators (and a valiant warrior enough, besides, though hardly so good
+at any other weapon as he was with his tongue) climbed upon a toadstool,
+and, from that elevated position, addressed the multitude. His
+sentiments were pretty much as follows; or, at all events, something
+like this was probably the upshot of his speech:
+
+"Tall Pygmies and mighty little men! You and all of us have seen what
+a public calamity has been brought to pass, and what an insult has here
+been offered to the majesty of our nation. Yonder lies Antaeus, our
+great friend and brother, slain, within our territory, by a miscreant
+who took him at disadvantage, and fought him (if fighting it can be
+called) in a way that neither man, nor Giant, nor Pygmy ever dreamed of
+fighting, until this hour. And, adding a grievous contumely to the wrong
+already done us, the miscreant has now fallen asleep as quietly as
+if nothing were to be dreaded from our wrath! It behooves you,
+fellow-countrymen, to consider in what aspect we shall stand before
+the world, and what will be the verdict of impartial history, should we
+suffer these accumulated outrages to go unavenged.
+
+"Antaeus was our brother, born of that same beloved parent to whom we
+owe the thews and sinews, as well as the courageous hearts, which
+made him proud of our relationship. He was our faithful ally, and fell
+fighting as much for our national rights and immunities as for his own
+personal ones. We and our forefathers have dwelt in friendship with
+him, and held affectionate intercourse as man to man, through immemorial
+generations. You remember how often our entire people have reposed in
+his great shadow, and how our little ones have played at hide-and-seek
+in the tangles of his hair, and how his mighty footsteps have familiarly
+gone to and fro among us, and never trodden upon any of our toes. And
+there lies this dear brother--this sweet and amiable friend--this brave
+and faithful ally---this virtuous Giant--this blameless and excellent
+Antaeus--dead! Dead! Silent! Powerless! A mere mountain of clay! Forgive
+my tears! Nay, I behold your own. Were we to drown the world with them,
+could the world blame us?
+
+"But to resume: Shall we, my countrymen, suffer this wicked stranger to
+depart unharmed, and triumph in his treacherous victory, among distant
+communities of the earth? Shall we not rather compel him to leave his
+bones here on our soil, by the side of our slain brother's bones? So
+that, while one skeleton shall remain as the everlasting monument of our
+sorrow, the other shall endure as long, exhibiting to the whole human
+race a terrible example of Pygmy vengeance! Such is the question. I put
+it to you in full confidence of a response that shall be worthy of our
+national character, and calculated to increase, rather than diminish,
+the glory which our ancestors have transmitted to us, and which we
+ourselves have proudly vindicated in our warfare with the cranes."
+
+The orator was here interrupted by a burst of irrepressible enthusiasm;
+every individual Pygmy crying out that the national honor must be
+preserved at all hazards. He bowed, and, making a gesture for silence,
+wound up his harangue in the following admirable manner:
+
+"It only remains for us, then, to decide whether we shall carry on
+the war in our national capacity--one united people against a common
+enemy--or whether some champion, famous in former fights, shall be
+selected to defy the slayer of our brother Antaeus to single combat.
+In the latter case, though not unconscious that there may be taller men
+among you, I hereby offer myself for that enviable duty. And believe me,
+dear countrymen, whether I live or die, the honor of this great country,
+and the fame bequeathed us by our heroic progenitors, shall suffer no
+diminution in my hands. Never, while I can wield this sword, of which
+I now fling away the scabbard--never, never, never, even if the crimson
+hand that slew the great Antaeus shall lay me prostrate, like him, on
+the soil which I give my life to defend."
+
+So saying, this valiant Pygmy drew out his weapon (which was terrible to
+behold, being as long as the blade of a penknife), and sent the scabbard
+whirling over the heads of the multitude. His speech was followed by an
+uproar of applause, as its patriotism and self-devotion unquestionably
+deserved; and the shouts and clapping of hands would have been greatly
+prolonged, had they not been rendered quite inaudible by a deep
+respiration, vulgarly called a snore, from the sleeping Hercules.
+
+It was finally decided that the whole nation of Pygmies should set to
+work to destroy Hercules; not, be it understood, from any doubt that
+a single champion would be capable of putting him to the sword, but
+because he was a public enemy, and all were desirous of sharing in the
+glory of his defeat. There was a debate whether the national honor did
+not demand that a herald should be sent with a trumpet, to stand over
+the ear of Hercules, and after blowing a blast right into it, to defy
+him to the combat by formal proclamation. But two or three venerable
+and sagacious Pygmies, well versed in state affairs, gave it as their
+opinion that war already existed, and that it was their rightful
+privilege to take the enemy by surprise. Moreover, if awakened, and
+allowed to get upon his feet, Hercules might happen to do them a
+mischief before he could be beaten down again. For, as these sage
+counselors remarked, the stranger's club was really very big, and had
+rattled like a thunderbolt against the skull of Antaeus. So the
+Pygmies resolved to set aside all foolish punctilios, and assail their
+antagonist at once.
+
+Accordingly, all the fighting men of the nation took their weapons, and
+went boldly up to Hercules, who still lay fast asleep, little dreaming
+of the harm which the Pygmies meant to do him. A body of twenty thousand
+archers marched in front, with their little bows all ready, and the
+arrows on the string. The same number were ordered to clamber upon
+Hercules, some with spades to dig his eyes out, and others with bundles
+of hay, and all manner of rubbish with which they intended to plug up
+his mouth and nostrils, so that he might perish for lack of breath.
+These last, however, could by no means perform their appointed duty;
+inasmuch as the enemy's breath rushed out of his nose in an obstreperous
+hurricane and whirlwind, which blew the Pygmies away as fast as they
+came nigh. It was found necessary, therefore, to hit upon some other
+method of carrying on the war.
+
+After holding a council, the captains ordered their troops to collect
+sticks, straws, dry weeds, and whatever combustible stuff they could
+find, and make a pile of it, heaping it high around the head of
+Hercules. As a great many thousand Pygmies were employed in this task,
+they soon brought together several bushels of inflammatory matter, and
+raised so tall a heap, that, mounting on its summit, they were quite
+upon a level with the sleeper's face. The archers, meanwhile, were
+stationed within bow shot, with orders to let fly at Hercules the
+instant that he stirred. Everything being in readiness, a torch was
+applied to the pile, which immediately burst into flames, and soon waxed
+hot enough to roast the enemy, had he but chosen to lie still. A Pygmy,
+you know, though so very small, might set the world on fire, just as
+easily as a Giant could; so that this was certainly the very best way
+of dealing with their foe, provided they could have kept him quiet while
+the conflagration was going forward.
+
+But no sooner did Hercules begin to be scorched, than up he started,
+with his hair in a red blaze.
+
+"What's all this?" he cried, bewildered with sleep, and staring about
+him as if he expected to see another Giant.
+
+At that moment the twenty thousand archers twanged their bowstrings, and
+the arrows came whizzing, like so many winged mosquitoes, right into
+the face of Hercules. But I doubt whether more than half a dozen of them
+punctured the skin, which was remarkably tough, as you know the skin of
+a hero has good need to be.
+
+"Villain!" shouted all the Pygmies at once. "You have killed the Giant
+Antaeus, our great brother, and the ally of our nation. We declare
+bloody war against you, and will slay you on the spot."
+
+Surprised at the shrill piping of so many little voices, Hercules, after
+putting out the conflagration of his hair, gazed all round about, but
+could see nothing. At last, however, looking narrowly on the ground,
+he espied the innumerable assemblage of Pygmies at his feet. He stooped
+down, and taking up the nearest one between his thumb and finger, set
+him on the palm of his left hand, and held him at a proper distance for
+examination. It chanced to be the very identical Pygmy who had spoken
+from the top of the toadstool, and had offered himself as a champion to
+meet Hercules in single combat.
+
+"What in the world, my little fellow," ejaculated Hercules, "may you
+be?"
+
+"I am your enemy," answered the valiant Pygmy, in his mightiest squeak.
+"You have slain the enormous Antaeus, our brother by the mother's
+side, and for ages the faithful ally of our illustrious nation. We are
+determined to put you to death; and for my own part, I challenge you to
+instant battle, on equal ground."
+
+Hercules was so tickled with the Pygmy's big words and warlike gestures,
+that he burst into a great explosion of laughter, and almost dropped
+the poor little mite of a creature off the palm of his hand, through the
+ecstasy and convulsion of his merriment.
+
+"Upon my word," cried he, "I thought I had seen wonders before
+to-day--hydras with nine heads, stags with golden horns, six-legged men,
+three-headed dogs, giants with furnaces in their stomachs, and nobody
+knows what besides. But here, on the palm of my hand, stands a wonder
+that outdoes them all! Your body, my little friend, is about the size of
+an ordinary man's finger. Pray, how big may your soul be?"
+
+"As big as your own!" said the Pygmy.
+
+Hercules was touched with the little man's dauntless courage, and could
+not help acknowledging such a brotherhood with him as one hero feels for
+another.
+
+"My good little people," said he, making a low obeisance to the grand
+nation, "not for all the world would I do an intentional injury to such
+brave fellows as you! Your hearts seem to me so exceedingly great, that,
+upon my honor, I marvel how your small bodies can contain them. I sue
+for peace, and, as a condition of it, will take five strides, and be out
+of your kingdom at the sixth. Good-bye. I shall pick my steps carefully,
+for fear of treading upon some fifty of you, without knowing it. Ha, ha,
+ha! Ho, ho, ho! For once, Hercules acknowledges himself vanquished."
+
+Some writers say, that Hercules gathered up the whole race of Pygmies
+in his lion's skin, and carried them home to Greece, for the children of
+King Eurystheus to play with. But this is a mistake. He left them, one
+and all, within their own territory, where, for aught I can tell, their
+descendants are alive to the present day, building their little houses,
+cultivating their little fields, spanking their little children, waging
+their little warfare with the cranes, doing their little business,
+whatever it may be, and reading their little histories of ancient times.
+In those histories, perhaps, it stands recorded, that, a great many
+centuries ago, the valiant Pygmies avenged the death of the Giant
+Antaeus by scaring away the mighty Hercules.
+
+
+
+THE DRAGON'S TEETH.
+
+Cadmus, Phoenix, and Cilix, the three sons of King Agenor, and their
+little sister Europa (who was a very beautiful child), were at play
+together near the seashore in their father's kingdom of Phoenicia. They
+had rambled to some distance from the palace where their parents dwelt,
+and were now in a verdant meadow, on one side of which lay the sea, all
+sparkling and dimpling in the sunshine, and murmuring gently against the
+beach. The three boys were very happy, gathering flowers, and twining
+them into garlands, with which they adorned the little Europa. Seated
+on the grass, the child was almost hidden under an abundance of buds and
+blossoms, whence her rosy face peeped merrily out, and, as Cadmus said,
+was the prettiest of all the flowers.
+
+Just then, there came a splendid butterfly, fluttering along the meadow;
+and Cadmus, Phoenix, and Cilix set off in pursuit of it, crying out
+that it was a flower with wings. Europa, who was a little wearied with
+playing all day long, did not chase the butterfly with her brothers, but
+sat still where they had left her, and closed her eyes. For a while,
+she listened to the pleasant murmur of the sea, which was like a voice
+saying "Hush!" and bidding her go to sleep. But the pretty child, if she
+slept at all, could not have slept more than a moment, when she heard
+something trample on the grass, not far from her, and, peeping out from
+the heap of flowers, beheld a snow-white bull.
+
+And whence could this bull have come? Europa and her brothers had been
+a long time playing in the meadow, and had seen no cattle, nor other
+living thing, either there or on the neighboring hills.
+
+"Brother Cadmus!" cried Europa, starting up out of the midst of the
+roses and lilies. "Phoenix! Cilix! Where are you all? Help! Help! Come
+and drive away this bull!"
+
+But her brothers were too far off to hear; especially as the fright took
+away Europa's voice, and hindered her from calling very loudly. So there
+she stood, with her pretty mouth wide open, as pale as the white lilies
+that were twisted among the other flowers in her garlands.
+
+Nevertheless, it was the suddenness with which she had perceived the
+bull, rather than anything frightful in his appearance, that caused
+Europa so much alarm. On looking at him more attentively, she began
+to see that he was a beautiful animal, and even fancied a particularly
+amiable expression in his face. As for his breath--the breath of cattle,
+you know, is always sweet--it was as fragrant as if he had been grazing
+on no other food than rosebuds, or at least, the most delicate of clover
+blossoms. Never before did a bull have such bright and tender eyes, and
+such smooth horns of ivory, as this one. And the bull ran little races,
+and capered sportively around the child; so that she quite forgot how
+big and strong he was, and, from the gentleness and playfulness of his
+actions, soon came to consider him as innocent a creature as a pet lamb.
+
+Thus, frightened as she at first was, you might by and by have seen
+Europa stroking the bull's forehead with her small white hand, and
+taking the garlands off her own head to hang them on his neck and ivory
+horns. Then she pulled up some blades of grass, and he ate them out of
+her hand, not as if he were hungry, but because he wanted to be friends
+with the child, and took pleasure in eating what she had touched. Well,
+my stars! was there ever such a gentle, sweet, pretty, and amiable
+creature as this bull, and ever such a nice playmate for a little girl?
+
+When the animal saw (for the bull had so much intelligence that it is
+really wonderful to think of), when he saw that Europa was no longer
+afraid of him, he grew overjoyed, and could hardly contain himself
+for delight. He frisked about the meadow, now here, now there, making
+sprightly leaps, with as little effort as a bird expends in hopping
+from twig to twig. Indeed, his motion was as light as if he were flying
+through the air, and his hoofs seemed hardly to leave their print in the
+grassy soil over which he trod. With his spotless hue, he resembled a
+snow drift, wafted along by the wind. Once he galloped so far away that
+Europa feared lest she might never see him again; so, setting up her
+childish voice, called him back.
+
+"Come back, pretty creature!" she cried. "Here is a nice clover
+blossom."
+
+And then it was delightful to witness the gratitude of this amiable
+bull, and how he was so full of joy and thankfulness that he capered
+higher than ever. He came running, and bowed his head before Europa, as
+if he knew her to be a king's daughter, or else recognized the important
+truth that a little girl is everybody's queen. And not only did the
+bull bend his neck, he absolutely knelt down at her feet, and made such
+intelligent nods, and other inviting gestures, that Europa understood
+what he meant just as well as if he had put it in so many words.
+
+"Come, dear child," was what he wanted to say, "let me give you a ride
+on my back."
+
+At the first thought of such a thing, Europa drew back. But then she
+considered in her wise little head that there could be no possible
+harm in taking just one gallop on the back of this docile and friendly
+animal, who would certainly set her down the very instant she desired
+it. And how it would surprise her brothers to see her riding across the
+green meadow! And what merry times they might have, either taking turns
+for a gallop, or clambering on the gentle creature, all four children
+together, and careering round the field with shouts of laughter that
+would be heard as far off as King Agenor's palace!
+
+"I think I will do it," said the child to herself.
+
+And, indeed, why not? She cast a glance around, and caught a glimpse of
+Cadmus, Phoenix, and Cilix, who were still in pursuit of the butterfly,
+almost at the other end of the meadow. It would be the quickest way
+of rejoining them, to get upon the white bull's back. She came a step
+nearer to him therefore; and--sociable creature that he was--he showed
+so much joy at this mark of her confidence, that the child could not
+find in her heart to hesitate any longer. Making one bound (for this
+little princess was as active as a squirrel), there sat Europa on the
+beautiful bull, holding an ivory horn in each hand, lest she should fall
+off.
+
+"Softly, pretty bull, softly!" she said, rather frightened at what she
+had done. "Do not gallop too fast."
+
+Having got the child on his back, the animal gave a leap into the air,
+and came down so like a feather that Europa did not know when his hoofs
+touched the ground. He then began a race to that part of the flowery
+plain where her three brothers were, and where they had just caught
+their splendid butterfly. Europa screamed with delight; and Phoenix,
+Cilix, and Cadmus stood gaping at the spectacle of their sister mounted
+on a white bull, not knowing whether to be frightened or to wish the
+same good luck for themselves. The gentle and innocent creature (for who
+could possibly doubt that he was so?) pranced round among the children
+as sportively as a kitten. Europa all the while looked down upon her
+brothers, nodding and laughing, but yet with a sort of stateliness in
+her rosy little face. As the bull wheeled about to take another gallop
+across the meadow, the child waved her hand, and said, "Good-bye,"
+playfully pretending that she was now bound on a distant journey, and
+might not see her brothers again for nobody could tell how long.
+
+"Good-bye," shouted Cadmus, Phoenix, and Cilix, all in one breath.
+
+But, together with her enjoyment of the sport, there was still a little
+remnant of fear in the child's heart; so that her last look at the three
+boys was a troubled one, and made them feel as if their dear sister were
+really leaving them forever. And what do you think the snowy bull
+did next? Why, he set off, as swift as the wind, straight down to the
+seashore, scampered across the sand, took an airy leap, and plunged
+right in among the foaming billows. The white spray rose in a shower
+over him and little Europa, and fell spattering down upon the water.
+
+Then what a scream of terror did the poor child send forth! The three
+brothers screamed manfully, likewise, and ran to the shore as fast as
+their legs would carry them, with Cadmus at their head. But it was too
+late. When they reached the margin of the sand, the treacherous animal
+was already far away in the wide blue sea, with only his snowy head and
+tail emerging, and poor little Europa between them, stretching out one
+hand towards her dear brothers, while she grasped the bull's ivory horn
+with the other. And there stood Cadmus, Phoenix, and Cilix, gazing at
+this sad spectacle, through their tears, until they could no longer
+distinguish the bull's snowy head from the white-capped billows that
+seemed to boil up out of the sea's depths around him. Nothing more was
+ever seen of the white bull--nothing more of the beautiful child.
+
+This was a mournful story, as you may well think, for the three boys to
+carry home to their parents. King Agenor, their father, was the ruler of
+the whole country; but he loved his little daughter Europa better than
+his kingdom, or than all his other children, or than anything else in
+the world. Therefore, when Cadmus and his two brothers came crying home,
+and told him how that a white bull had carried off their sister, and
+swam with her over the sea, the king was quite beside himself with grief
+and rage. Although it was now twilight, and fast growing dark, he bade
+them set out instantly in search of her.
+
+"Never shall you see my face again," he cried, "unless you bring me back
+my little Europa, to gladden me with her smiles and her pretty ways.
+Begone, and enter my presence no more, till you come leading her by the
+hand."
+
+As King Agenor said this, his eyes flashed fire (for he was a very
+passionate king), and he looked so terribly angry that the poor boys
+did not even venture to ask for their suppers, but slunk away out of the
+palace, and only paused on the steps a moment to consult whither they
+should go first. While they were standing there, all in dismay, their
+mother, Queen Telephassa (who happened not to be by when they told the
+story to the king), came hurrying after them, and said that she too
+would go in quest of her daughter.
+
+"O, no, mother!" cried the boys. "The night is dark, and there is no
+knowing what troubles and perils we may meet with."
+
+"Alas! my dear children," answered poor Queen Telephassa; weeping
+bitterly, "that is only another reason why I should go with you. If I
+should lose you, too, as well as my little Europa, what would become of
+me!"
+
+"And let me go likewise!" said their playfellow Thasus, who came running
+to join them.
+
+Thasus was the son of a seafaring person in the neighborhood; he had
+been brought up with the young princes, and was their intimate friend,
+and loved Europa very much; so they consented that he should accompany
+them. The whole party, therefore, set forth together. Cadmus, Phoenix,
+Cilix, and Thasus clustered round Queen Telephassa, grasping her skirts,
+and begging her to lean upon their shoulders whenever she felt weary. In
+this manner they went down the palace steps, and began a journey, which
+turned out to be a great deal longer than they dreamed of. The last that
+they saw of King Agenor, he came to the door, with a servant holding a
+torch beside him, and called after them into the gathering darkness:
+
+"Remember! Never ascend these steps again without the child!"
+
+"Never!" sobbed Queen Telephassa; and the three brothers and Thasus
+answered, "Never! Never! Never! Never!"
+
+And they kept their word. Year after year, King Agenor sat in the
+solitude of his beautiful palace, listening in vain for their returning
+footsteps, hoping to hear the familiar voice of the queen, and the
+cheerful talk of his sons and their playfellow Thasus, entering the door
+together, and the sweet, childish accents of little Europa in the midst
+of them. But so long a time went by, that, at last, if they had
+really come, the king would not have known that this was the voice of
+Telephassa, and these the younger voices that used to make such joyful
+echoes, when the children were playing about the palace. We must now
+leave King Agenor to sit on his throne, and must go along with Queen
+Telephassa, and her four youthful companions.
+
+They went on and on, and traveled a long way, and passed over mountains
+and rivers, and sailed over seas. Here, and there, and everywhere, they
+made continual inquiry if any person could tell them what had become of
+Europa. The rustic people, of whom they asked this question, paused
+a little while from their labors in the field, and looked very much
+surprised. They thought it strange to behold a woman in the garb of a
+queen (for Telephassa in her haste had forgotten to take off her crown
+and her royal robes), roaming about the country, with four lads around
+her, on such an errand as this seemed to be. But nobody could give them
+any tidings of Europa; nobody had seen a little girl dressed like a
+princess, and mounted on a snow-white bull, which galloped as swiftly as
+the wind.
+
+I cannot tell you how long Queen Telephassa, and Cadmus, Phoenix, and
+Cilix, her three sons, and Thasus, their playfellow, went wandering
+along the highways and bypaths, or through the pathless wildernesses of
+the earth, in this manner. But certain it is, that, before they reached
+any place of rest, their splendid garments were quite worn out. They
+all looked very much travel-stained, and would have had the dust of many
+countries on their shoes, if the streams, through which they waded, had
+not washed it all away. When they had been gone a year, Telephassa threw
+away her crown, because it chafed her forehead.
+
+"It has given me many a headache," said the poor queen, "and it cannot
+cure my heartache."
+
+As fast as their princely robes got torn and tattered, they exchanged
+them for such mean attire as ordinary people wore. By and by, they come
+to have a wild and homeless aspect; so that you would much sooner have
+taken them for a gypsy family than a queen and three princes, and
+a young nobleman, who had once a palace for a home, and a train of
+servants to do their bidding. The four boys grew up to be tall young
+men, with sunburnt faces. Each of them girded on a sword, to defend
+themselves against the perils of the way. When the husbandmen, at whose
+farmhouses they sought hospitality, needed their assistance in the
+harvest field, they gave it willingly; and Queen Telephassa (who had
+done no work in her palace, save to braid silk threads with golden ones)
+came behind them to bind the sheaves. If payment was offered, they shook
+their heads, and only asked for tidings of Europa.
+
+"There are bulls enough in my pasture," the old farmers would reply;
+"but I never heard of one like this you tell me of. A snow-white bull
+with a little princess on his back! Ho! ho! I ask your pardon, good
+folks; but there never such a sight seen hereabouts."
+
+At last, when his upper lip began to have the down on it, Phoenix grew
+weary of rambling hither and thither to no purpose. So one day, when
+they happened to be passing through a pleasant and solitary tract of
+country, he sat himself down on a heap of moss.
+
+"I can go no farther," said Phoenix. "It is a mere foolish waste of
+life, to spend it as we do, always wandering up and down, and never
+coming to any home at nightfall. Our sister is lost, and never will be
+found. She probably perished in the sea; or, to whatever shore the white
+bull may have carried her, it is now so many years ago, that there would
+be neither love nor acquaintance between us, should we meet again. My
+father has forbidden us to return to his palace, so I shall build me a
+hut of branches, and dwell here."
+
+"Well, son Phoenix," said Telephassa, sorrowfully, "you have grown to be
+a man, and must do as you judge best. But, for my part, I will still go
+in quest of my poor child."
+
+"And we three will go along with you!" cried Cadmus and Cilix, and their
+faithful friend Thasus.
+
+But, before setting out, they all helped Phoenix to build a habitation.
+When completed, it was a sweet rural bower, roofed overhead with an arch
+of living boughs. Inside there were two pleasant rooms, one of which
+had a soft heap of moss for a bed, while the other was furnished with
+a rustic seat or two, curiously fashioned out of the crooked roots of
+trees. So comfortable and home-like did it seem, that Telephassa and her
+three companions could not help sighing, to think that they must still
+roam about the world, instead of spending the remainder of their lives
+in some such cheerful abode as they had here built for Phoenix. But,
+when they bade him farewell, Phoenix shed tears, and probably regretted
+that he was no longer to keep them company.
+
+However, he had fixed upon an admirable place to dwell in. And by and by
+there came other people, who chanced to have no homes; and, seeing how
+pleasant a spot it was, they built themselves huts in the neighborhood
+of Phoenix's habitation. Thus, before many years went by, a city had
+grown up there, in the center of which was seen a stately palace of
+marble, wherein dwelt Phoenix, clothed in a purple robe, and wearing a
+golden crown upon his head. For the inhabitants of the new city, finding
+that he had royal blood in his veins, had chosen him to be their king.
+The very first decree of state which King Phoenix issued was, that, if a
+maiden happened to arrive in the kingdom, mounted on a snow-white bull,
+and calling herself Europa, his subjects should treat her with the
+greatest kindness and respect, and immediately bring her to the palace.
+You may see, by this, that Phoenix's conscience never quite ceased to
+trouble him, for giving up the quest of his dear sister, and sitting
+himself down to be comfortable, while his mother and her companions went
+onward.
+
+But often and often, at the close of a weary day's journey, did
+Telephassa and Cadmus, Cilix, and Thasus, remember the pleasant spot
+in which they had left Phoenix. It was a sorrowful prospect for these
+wanderers, that on the morrow they must again set forth, and that, after
+many nightfalls, they would perhaps be no nearer the close of their
+toilsome pilgrimage than now. These thoughts made them all melancholy at
+times, but appeared to torment Cilix more than the rest of the party. At
+length, one morning, when they were taking their staffs in hand to set
+out, he thus addressed them:
+
+"My dear mother, and you, good brother Cadmus, and my friend Thasus,
+methinks we are like people in a dream. There is no substance in the
+life which we are leading. It is such a dreary length of time since the
+white bull carried off my sister Europa, that I have quite forgotten
+how she looked, and the tones of her voice, and, indeed, almost doubt
+whether such a little girl ever lived in the world. And whether she
+once lived or no, I am convinced that she no longer survives, and that
+therefore it is the merest folly to waste our own lives and happiness
+in seeking her. Were we to find her, she would now be a woman grown, and
+would look upon us all as strangers. So, to tell you the truth, I have
+resolved to take up my abode here; and I entreat you, mother, brother,
+and friend, to follow my example."
+
+"Not I, for one," said Telephassa; although the poor queen, firmly as
+she spoke, was so travel-worn that she could hardly put her foot to the
+ground. "Not I, for one! In the depths of my heart, little Europa is
+still the rosy child who ran to gather flowers so many years ago.
+She has not grown to womanhood, nor forgotten me. At noon, at night,
+journeying onward, sitting down to rest, her childish voice is always
+in my ears, calling, 'Mother! mother!' Stop here who may, there is no
+repose for me."
+
+"Nor for me," said Cadmus, "while my dear mother pleases to go onward."
+
+And the faithful Thasus, too, was resolved to bear them company. They
+remained with Cilix a few days, however, and helped him to build a
+rustic bower, resembling the one which they had formerly built for
+Phoenix.
+
+When they were bidding him farewell Cilix burst into tears, and told
+his mother that it seemed just as melancholy a dream to stay there, in
+solitude, as to go onward. If she really believed that they would ever
+find Europa, he was willing to continue the search with them, even now.
+But Telephassa bade him remain there, and be happy, if his own heart
+would let him. So the pilgrims took their leave of him, and departed,
+and were hardly out of sight before some other wandering people came
+along that way, and saw Cilix's habitation, and were greatly delighted
+with the appearance of the place. There being abundance of unoccupied
+ground in the neighborhood, these strangers built huts for themselves,
+and were soon joined by a multitude of new settlers, who quickly formed
+a city. In the middle of it was seen a magnificent palace of colored
+marble, on the balcony of which, every noontide, appeared Cilix, in
+a long purple robe, and with a jeweled crown upon his head; for
+the inhabitants, when they found out that he was a king's son, had
+considered him the fittest of all men to be a king himself.
+
+One of the first acts of King Cilix's government was to send out an
+expedition, consisting of a grave ambassador, and an escort of bold
+and hardy young men, with orders to visit the principal kingdoms of
+the earth, and inquire whether a young maiden had passed through those
+regions, galloping swiftly on a white bull. It is, therefore, plain to
+my mind, that Cilix secretly blamed himself for giving up the search for
+Europa, as long as he was able to put one foot before the other.
+
+As for Telephassa, and Cadmus, and the good Thasus, it grieves me to
+think of them, still keeping up that weary pilgrimage. The two young men
+did their best for the poor queen, helping her over the rough places,
+often carrying her across rivulets in their faithful arms and seeking to
+shelter her at nightfall, even when they themselves lay on the ground.
+Sad, sad it was to hear them asking of every passer-by if he had seen
+Europa, so long after the white bull had carried her away. But, though
+the gray years thrust themselves between, and made the child's figure
+dim in their remembrance, neither of these true-hearted three ever
+dreamed of giving up the search.
+
+One morning, however, poor Thasus found that he had sprained his ankle,
+and could not possibly go a step farther.
+
+"After a few days, to be sure," said he, mournfully, "I might make shift
+to hobble along with a stick. But that would only delay you, and perhaps
+hinder you from finding dear little Europa, after all your pains and
+trouble. Do you go forward, therefore, my beloved companions, and leave
+me to follow as I may."
+
+"Thou hast been a true friend, dear Thasus," said Queen Telephassa,
+kissing his forehead. "Being neither my son, nor the brother of our lost
+Europa, thou hast shown thyself truer to me and her than Phoenix and
+Cilix did, whom we have left behind us. Without thy loving help, and
+that of my son Cadmus, my limbs could not have borne me half so far as
+this. Now, take thy rest, and be at peace. For--and it is the first time
+I have owned it to myself--I begin to question whether we shall ever
+find my beloved daughter in this world."
+
+Saying this, the poor queen shed tears, because it was a grievous trial
+to the mother's heart to confess that her hopes were growing faint. From
+that day forward, Cadmus noticed that she never traveled with the same
+alacrity of spirit that had heretofore supported her. Her weight was
+heavier upon his arm.
+
+Before setting out, Cadmus helped Thasus build a bower; while
+Telephassa, being too infirm to give any great assistance, advised them
+how to fit it up and furnish it, so that it might be as comfortable as
+a hut of branches could. Thasus, however, did not spend all his days in
+this green bower. For it happened to him, as to Phoenix and Cilix,
+that other homeless people visited the spot, and liked it, and built
+themselves habitations in the neighborhood. So here, in the course of a
+few years, was another thriving city, with a red freestone palace in
+the center of it, where Thasus sat upon a throne, doing justice to the
+people, with a purple robe over his shoulders, a sceptre in his hand,
+and a crown upon his head. The inhabitants had made him king, not for
+the sake of any royal blood (for none was in his veins), but because
+Thasus was an upright, true-hearted, and courageous man, and therefore
+fit to rule.
+
+But when the affairs of his kingdom were all settled, King Thasus laid
+aside his purple robe and crown, and sceptre, and bade his worthiest
+subjects distribute justice to the people in his stead. Then, grasping
+the pilgrim's staff that had supported him so long, he set forth again,
+hoping still to discover some hoof-mark of the snow-white bull, some
+trace of the vanished child. He returned after a lengthened absence, and
+sat down wearily upon his throne. To his latest hour, nevertheless, King
+Thasus showed his true-hearted remembrance of Europa, by ordering that
+a fire should always be kept burning in his palace, and a bath steaming
+hot, and food ready to be served up, and a bed with snow-white sheets,
+in case the maiden should arrive, and require immediate refreshment.
+And, though Europa never came, the good Thasus had the blessings of many
+a poor traveler, who profited by the food and lodging which were meant
+for the little playmate of the king's boyhood.
+
+Telephassa and Cadmus were now pursuing their weary way, with no
+companion but each other. The queen leaned heavily upon her son's arm,
+and could walk only a few miles a day. But for all her weakness and
+weariness, she would not be persuaded to give up the search. It
+was enough to bring tears into the eyes of bearded men to hear the
+melancholy tone with which she inquired of every stranger whether he
+could not tell her any news of the lost child.
+
+"Have you seen a little girl--no, no, I mean a young maiden of full
+growth--passing by this way, mounted on a snow-white bull, which gallops
+as swiftly as the wind?"
+
+"We have seen no such wondrous sight," the people would reply; and very
+often, taking Cadmus aside, they whispered to him, "Is this stately and
+sad-looking woman your mother? Surely she is not in her right mind; and
+you ought to take her home, and make her comfortable, and do your best
+to get this dream out of her fancy."
+
+"It is no dream," said Cadmus. "Everything else is a dream, save that."
+
+But, one day, Telephassa seemed feebler than usual, and leaned almost
+her whole weight on the arm of Cadmus, and walked more slowly than ever
+before. At last they reached a solitary spot, where she told her son
+that she must needs lie down, and take a good long rest.
+
+"A good long rest!" she repeated, looking Cadmus tenderly in the face.
+"A good long rest, thou dearest one!"
+
+"As long as you please, dear mother," answered Cadmus.
+
+Telephassa bade him sit down on the turf beside her, and then she took
+his hand.
+
+"My son," said she, fixing her dim eyes most lovingly upon him, "this
+rest that I speak of will be very long indeed! You must not wait till
+it is finished. Dear Cadmus, you do not comprehend me. You must make a
+grave here, and lay your mother's weary frame into it. My pilgrimage is
+over."
+
+Cadmus burst into tears, and, for a long time, refused to believe that
+his dear mother was now to be taken from him. But Telephassa reasoned
+with him, and kissed him, and at length made him discern that it was
+better for her spirit to pass away out of the toil, the weariness, and
+grief, and disappointment which had burdened her on earth, ever since
+the child was lost. He therefore repressed his sorrow, and listened to
+her last words.
+
+"Dearest Cadmus," said she, "thou hast been the truest son that ever
+mother had, and faithful to the very last. Who else would have borne
+with my infirmities as thou hast! It is owing to thy care, thou
+tenderest child, that my grave was not dug long years ago, in some
+valley, or on some hillside, that lies far, far behind us. It is enough.
+Thou shalt wander no more on this hopeless search. But, when thou hast
+laid thy mother in the earth, then go, my son, to Delphi, and inquire of
+the oracle what thou shalt do next."
+
+"O mother, mother," cried Cadmus, "couldst thou but have seen my sister
+before this hour!"
+
+"It matters little now," answered Telephassa, and there was a smile upon
+her face. "I go now to the better world, and, sooner or later, shall
+find my daughter there."
+
+I will not sadden you, my little hearers, with telling how Telephassa
+died and was buried, but will only say, that her dying smile grew
+brighter, instead of vanishing from her dead face; so that Cadmus left
+convinced that, at her very first step into the better world, she had
+caught Europa in her arms. He planted some flowers on his mother's
+grave, and left them to grow there, and make the place beautiful, when
+he should be far away.
+
+After performing this last sorrowful duty, he set forth alone, and took
+the road towards the famous oracle of Delphi, as Telephassa had advised
+him. On his way thither, he still inquired of most people whom he met
+whether they had seen Europa; for, to say the truth, Cadmus had grown so
+accustomed to ask the question, that it came to his lips as readily as a
+remark about the weather. He received various answers. Some told him one
+thing, and some another. Among the rest, a mariner affirmed, that, many
+years before, in a distant country, he had heard a rumor about a white
+bull, which came swimming across the sea with a child on his back,
+dressed up in flowers that were blighted by the sea water. He did not
+know what had become of the child or the bull; and Cadmus suspected,
+indeed, by a queer twinkle in the mariner's eyes, that he was putting a
+joke upon him, and had never really heard anything about the matter.
+
+Poor Cadmus found it more wearisome to travel alone than to bear all
+his dear mother's weight, while she had kept him company. His heart, you
+will understand, was now so heavy that it seemed impossible, sometimes,
+to carry it any farther. But his limbs were strong and active, and well
+accustomed to exercise. He walked swiftly along, thinking of King Agenor
+and Queen Telephassa, and his brothers, and the friendly Thasus, all of
+whom he had left behind him, at one point of his pilgrimage or another,
+and never expected to see them any more. Full of these remembrances, he
+came within sight of a lofty mountain, which the people thereabouts told
+him was called Parnassus. On the slope of Mount Parnassus was the famous
+Delphi, whither Cadmus was going.
+
+This Delphi was supposed to be the very midmost spot of the whole world.
+The place of the oracle was a certain cavity in the mountain side, over
+which, when Cadmus came thither, he found a rude bower of branches.
+It reminded him of those which he had helped to build for Phoenix and
+Cilix, and afterwards for Thasus. In later times, when multitudes of
+people came from great distances to put questions to the oracle, a
+spacious temple of marble was erected over the spot. But in the days of
+Cadmus, as I have told you, there was only this rustic bower, with its
+abundance of green foliage, and a tuft of shrubbery, that ran wild over
+the mysterious hole in the hillside.
+
+When Cadmus had thrust a passage through the tangled boughs, and made
+his way into the bower, he did not at first discern the half-hidden
+cavity. But soon he felt a cold stream of air rushing out of it, with
+so much force that it shook the ringlets on his cheek. Pulling away the
+shrubbery which clustered over the hole, he bent forward, and spoke in
+a distinct but reverential tone, as if addressing some unseen personage
+inside of the mountain.
+
+"Sacred oracle of Delphi," said he, "whither shall I go next in quest of
+my dear sister Europa?"
+
+There was at first a deep silence, and then a rushing sound, or a noise
+like a long sigh, proceeding out of the interior of the earth. This
+cavity, you must know, was looked upon as a sort of fountain of truth,
+which sometimes gushed out in audible words; although, for the most
+part, these words were such a riddle that they might just as well have
+staid at the bottom of the hole. But Cadmus was more fortunate than many
+others who went to Delphi in search of truth. By and by, the rushing
+noise began to sound like articulate language. It repeated, over and
+over again, the following sentence, which, after all, was so like the
+vague whistle of a blast of air, that Cadmus really did not quite know
+whether it meant anything or not:
+
+"Seek her no more! Seek her no more! Seek her no more!"
+
+"What, then, shall I do?" asked Cadmus.
+
+For, ever since he was a child, you know, it had been the great
+object of his life to find his sister. From the very hour that he left
+following the butterfly in the meadow, near his father's palace, he had
+done his best to follow Europa, over land and sea. And now, if he must
+give up the search, he seemed to have no more business in the world.
+
+But again the sighing gust of air grew into something like a hoarse
+voice.
+
+"Follow the cow!" it said. "Follow the cow! Follow the cow!"
+
+And when these words had been repeated until Cadmus was tired of hearing
+them (especially as he could not imagine what cow it was, or why he was
+to follow her), the gusty hole gave vent to another sentence.
+
+"Where the stray cow lies down, there is your home."
+
+These words were pronounced but a single time, and died away into
+a whisper before Cadmus was fully satisfied that he had caught the
+meaning. He put other questions, but received no answer; only the gust
+of wind sighed continually out of the cavity, and blew the withered
+leaves rustling along the ground before it.
+
+"Did there really come any words out of the hole?" thought Cadmus; "or
+have I been dreaming all this while?"
+
+He turned away from the oracle, and thought himself no wiser than when
+he came thither. Caring little what might happen to him, he took the
+first path that offered itself, and went along at a sluggish pace;
+for, having no object in view, nor any reason to go one way more than
+another, it would certainly have been foolish to make haste. Whenever he
+met anybody, the old question was at his tongue's end.
+
+"Have you seen a beautiful maiden, dressed like a king's daughter, and
+mounted on a snow-white bull, that gallops as swiftly as the wind?"
+
+But, remembering what the oracle had said, he only half uttered the
+words, and then mumbled the rest indistinctly; and from his confusion,
+people must have imagined that this handsome young man had lost his
+wits.
+
+I know not how far Cadmus had gone, nor could he himself have told you,
+when at no great distance before him, he beheld a brindled cow. She was
+lying down by the wayside, and quietly chewing her cud; nor did she take
+any notice of the young man until he had approached pretty nigh. Then,
+getting leisurely upon her feet, and giving her head a gentle toss, she
+began to move along at a moderate pace, often pausing just long enough
+to crop a mouthful of grass. Cadmus loitered behind, whistling idly to
+himself, and scarcely noticing the cow; until the thought occurred to
+him, whether this could possibly be the animal which, according to
+the oracle's response, was to serve him for a guide. But he smiled at
+himself for fancying such a thing. He could not seriously think that
+this was the cow, because she went along so quietly, behaving just like
+any other cow. Evidently she neither knew nor cared so much as a wisp of
+hay about Cadmus, and was only thinking how to get her living along the
+wayside, where the herbage was green and fresh. Perhaps she was going
+home to be milked.
+
+"Cow, cow, cow!" cried Cadmus. "Hey, Brindle, hey! Stop, my good cow!"
+
+He wanted to come up with the cow, so as to examine her, and see if she
+would appear to know him, or whether there were any peculiarities to
+distinguish her from a thousand other cows, whose only business is to
+fill the milk-pail, and sometimes kick it over. But still the brindled
+cow trudged on, whisking her tail to keep the flies away, and taking as
+little notice of Cadmus as she well could. If he walked slowly, so did
+the cow, and seized the opportunity to graze. If he quickened his pace,
+the cow went just so much the faster; and once, when Cadmus tried to
+catch her by running, she threw out her heels, stuck her tail straight
+on end, and set off at a gallop, looking as queerly as cows generally
+do, while putting themselves to their speed.
+
+When Cadmus saw that it was impossible to come up with her, he walked on
+moderately, as before. The cow, too, went leisurely on, without looking
+behind. Wherever the grass was greenest, there she nibbled a mouthful
+or two. Where a brook glistened brightly across the path, there the cow
+drank, and breathed a comfortable sigh, and drank again, and trudged
+onward at the pace that best suited herself and Cadmus.
+
+"I do believe," thought Cadmus, "that this may be the cow that was
+foretold me. If it be the one, I suppose she will lie down somewhere
+hereabouts."
+
+Whether it were the oracular cow or some other one, it did not seem
+reasonable that she should travel a great way farther. So, whenever
+they reached a particularly pleasant spot on a breezy hillside, or in a
+sheltered vale, or flowery meadow, on the shore of a calm lake, or along
+the bank of a clear stream, Cadmus looked eagerly around to see if the
+situation would suit him for a home. But still, whether he liked the
+place or no, the brindled cow never offered to lie down. On she went
+at the quiet pace of a cow going homeward to the barn yard; and, every
+moment, Cadmus expected to see a milkmaid approaching with a pail, or a
+herdsman running to head the stray animal, and turn her back towards the
+pasture. But no milkmaid came; no herdsman drove her back; and Cadmus
+followed the stray Brindle till he was almost ready to drop down with
+fatigue.
+
+"O brindled cow," cried he, in a tone of despair, "do you never mean to
+stop?"
+
+He had now grown too intent on following her to think of lagging behind,
+however long the way, and whatever might be his fatigue. Indeed, it
+seemed as if there were something about the animal that bewitched
+people. Several persons who happened to see the brindled cow, and Cadmus
+following behind, began to trudge after her, precisely as he did. Cadmus
+was glad of somebody to converse with, and therefore talked very freely
+to these good people. He told them all his adventures, and how he had
+left King Agenor in his palace, and Phoenix at one place, and Cilix at
+another, and Thasus at a third, and his dear mother, Queen Telephassa,
+under a flowery sod; so that now he was quite alone, both friendless
+and homeless. He mentioned, likewise, that the oracle had bidden him
+be guided by a cow, and inquired of the strangers whether they supposed
+that this brindled animal could be the one.
+
+"Why, 'tis a very wonderful affair," answered one of his new companions.
+"I am pretty well acquainted with the ways of cattle, and I never knew
+a cow, of her own accord, to go so far without stopping. If my legs will
+let me, I'll never leave following the beast till she lies down."
+
+"Nor I!" said a second.
+
+"Nor I!" cried a third. "If she goes a hundred miles farther, I am
+determined to see the end of it."
+
+The secret of it was, you must know, that the cow was an enchanted cow,
+and that, without their being conscious of it, she threw some of her
+enchantment over everybody that took so much as half a dozen steps
+behind her. They could not possibly help following her, though all the
+time they fancied themselves doing it of their own accord. The cow was
+by no means very nice in choosing her path; so that sometimes they
+had to scramble over rocks, or wade through mud and mire, and all in a
+terribly bedraggled condition, and tired to death, and very hungry, into
+the bargain. What a weary business it was!
+
+But still they kept trudging stoutly forward, and talking as they went.
+The strangers grew very fond of Cadmus, and resolved never to leave him,
+but to help him build a city wherever the cow might lie down. In the
+center of it there should be a noble palace, in which Cadmus might
+dwell, and be their king, with a throne, a crown, a sceptre, a purple
+robe, and everything else that a king ought to have; for in him there
+was the royal blood, and the royal heart, and the head that knew how to
+rule.
+
+While they were talking of these schemes, and beguiling the tediousness
+of the way with laying out the plan of the new city, one of the company
+happened to look at the cow.
+
+"Joy! joy!" cried he, clapping his hands. "Brindle is going to lie
+down."
+
+They all looked; and, sure enough, the cow had stopped, and was staring
+leisurely about her, as other cows do when on the point of lying down.
+And slowly, slowly did she recline herself on the soft grass, first
+bending her forelegs, and then crouching her hind ones. When Cadmus and
+his companions came up with her, there was the brindled cow taking her
+ease, chewing her cud, and looking them quietly in the face; as if this
+was just the spot she had been seeking for, and as if it were all a
+matter of course.
+
+"This, then," said Cadmus, gazing around him, "this is to be my home."
+
+It was a fertile and lovely plain, with great trees flinging their
+sun-speckled shadows over it, and hills fencing it in from the rough
+weather. At no great distance, they beheld a river gleaming in the
+sunshine. A home feeling stole into the heart of poor Cadmus. He was
+very glad to know that here he might awake in the morning without the
+necessity of putting on his dusty sandals to travel farther and farther.
+The days and the years would pass over him, and find him still in this
+pleasant spot. If he could have had his brothers with him, and his
+friend Thasus, and could have seen his dear mother under a roof of his
+own, he might here have been happy after all their disappointments. Some
+day or other, too, his sister Europa might have come quietly to the
+door of his home, and smiled round upon the familiar faces. But, indeed,
+since there was no hope of regaining the friends of his boyhood, or ever
+seeing his dear sister again, Cadmus resolved to make himself happy with
+these new companions, who had grown so fond of him while following the
+cow.
+
+"Yes, my friends," said he to them, "this is to be our home. Here we
+will build our habitations. The brindled cow, which has led us hither,
+will supply us with milk. We will cultivate the neighboring soil and
+lead an innocent and happy life."
+
+His companions joyfully assented to this plan; and, in the first place,
+being very hungry and thirsty, they looked about them for the means
+of providing a comfortable meal. Not far off they saw a tuft of trees,
+which appeared as if there might be a spring of water beneath them. They
+went thither to fetch some, leaving Cadmus stretched on the ground along
+with the brindled cow; for, now that he had found a place of rest, it
+seemed as if all the weariness of his pilgrimage, ever since he left
+King Agenor's palace, had fallen upon him at once. But his new friends
+had not long been gone, when he was suddenly startled by cries, shouts,
+and screams, and the noise of a terrible struggle, and in the midst of
+it all, a most awful hissing, which went right through his ears like a
+rough saw.
+
+Running towards the tuft of trees, he beheld the head and fiery eyes of
+an immense serpent or dragon, with the widest jaws that ever a dragon
+had, and a vast many rows of horribly sharp teeth. Before Cadmus could
+reach the spot, this pitiless reptile had killed his poor companions,
+and was busily devouring them, making but a mouthful of each man.
+
+It appears that the fountain of water was enchanted, and that the dragon
+had been set to guard it, so that no mortal might ever quench his thirst
+there. As the neighboring inhabitants carefully avoided the spot, it was
+now a long time (not less than a hundred years or thereabouts) since the
+monster had broken his fast; and, as was natural enough, his appetite
+had grown to be enormous, and was not half satisfied by the poor people
+whom he had just eaten up. When he caught sight of Cadmus, therefore, he
+set up another abominable hiss, and flung back his immense jaws, until
+his mouth looked like a great red cavern, at the farther end of which
+were seen the legs of his last victim, whom he had hardly had time to
+swallow.
+
+But Cadmus was so enraged at the destruction of his friends that he
+cared neither for the size of the dragon's jaws nor for his hundreds
+of sharp teeth. Drawing his sword, he rushed at the monster, and flung
+himself right into his cavernous mouth. This bold method of attacking
+him took the dragon by surprise; for, in fact, Cadmus had leaped so far
+down into his throat, that the rows of terrible teeth could not close
+upon him, nor do him the least harm in the world. Thus, though the
+struggle was a tremendous one, and though the dragon shattered the tuft
+of trees into small splinters by the lashing of his tail, yet, as Cadmus
+was all the while slashing and stabbing at his very vitals, it was not
+long before the scaly wretch bethought himself of slipping away. He had
+not gone his length, however, when the brave Cadmus gave him a sword
+thrust that finished the battle; and creeping out of the gateway of
+the creature's jaws, there he beheld him still wriggling his vast bulk,
+although there was no longer life enough in him to harm a little child.
+
+But do not you suppose that it made Cadmus sorrowful to think of the
+melancholy fate which had befallen those poor, friendly people, who had
+followed the cow along with him? It seemed as if he were doomed to lose
+everybody whom he loved, or to see them perish in one way or another.
+And here he was, after all his toils and troubles, in a solitary place,
+with not a single human being to help him build a hut.
+
+"What shall I do?" cried he aloud. "It were better for me to have been
+devoured by the dragon, as my poor companions were."
+
+"Cadmus," said a voice but whether it came from above or below him,
+or whether it spoke within his own breast, the young man could not
+tell--"Cadmus, pluck out the dragon's teeth, and plant them in the
+earth."
+
+This was a strange thing to do; nor was it very easy, I should imagine,
+to dig out all those deep-rooted fangs from the dead dragon's jaws. But
+Cadmus toiled and tugged, and after pounding the monstrous head almost
+to pieces with a great stone, he at last collected as many teeth as
+might have filled a bushel or two. The next thing was to plant them.
+This, likewise, was a tedious piece of work, especially as Cadmus was
+already exhausted with killing the dragon and knocking his head to
+pieces, and had nothing to dig the earth with, that I know of, unless
+it were his sword blade. Finally, however, a sufficiently large tract of
+ground was turned up, and sown with this new kind of seed; although half
+of the dragon's teeth still remained to be planted some other day.
+
+Cadmus, quite out of breath, stood leaning upon his sword, and wondering
+what was to happen next. He had waited but a few moments, when he began
+to see a sight, which was as great a marvel as the most marvelous thing
+I ever told you about.
+
+The sun was shining slantwise over the field, and showed all the moist,
+dark soil just like any other newly-planted piece of ground. All at
+once, Cadmus fancied he saw something glisten very brightly, first at
+one spot, then at another, and then at a hundred and a thousand spots
+together. Soon he perceived them to be the steel heads of spears,
+sprouting up everywhere like so many stalks of grain, and continually
+growing taller and taller. Next appeared a vast number of bright sword
+blades, thrusting themselves up in the same way. A moment afterwards,
+the whole surface of the ground was broken by a multitude of polished
+brass helmets, coming up like a crop of enormous beans. So rapidly did
+they grow, that Cadmus now discerned the fierce countenance of a
+man beneath every one. In short, before he had time to think what a
+wonderful affair it was, he beheld an abundant harvest of what looked
+like human beings, armed with helmets and breastplates, shields, swords,
+and spears; and before they were well out of the earth, they brandished
+their weapons, and clashed them one against another, seeming to think,
+little while as they had yet lived, that they had wasted too much of
+life without a battle. Every tooth of the dragon had produced one of
+these sons of deadly mischief.
+
+Up sprouted also a great many trumpeters; and with the first breath that
+they drew, they put their brazen trumpets to their lips, and sounded a
+tremendous and ear-shattering blast, so that the whole space, just now
+so quiet and solitary, reverberated with the clash and clang of arms,
+the bray of warlike music, and the shouts of angry men. So enraged did
+they all look, that Cadmus fully expected them to put the whole world to
+the sword. How fortunate would it be for a great conqueror, if he could
+get a bushel of the dragon's teeth to sow!
+
+"Cadmus," said the same voice which he had before heard, "throw a stone
+into the midst of the armed men."
+
+So Cadmus seized a large stone, and flinging it into the middle of
+the earth army, saw it strike the breastplate of a gigantic and
+fierce-looking warrior. Immediately on feeling the blow, he seemed to
+take it for granted that somebody had struck him; and, uplifting his
+weapon, he smote his next neighbor a blow that cleft his helmet asunder,
+and stretched him on the ground. In an instant, those nearest the fallen
+warrior began to strike at one another with their swords, and stab with
+their spears. The confusion spread wider and wider. Each man smote down
+his brother, and was himself smitten down before he had time to exult in
+his victory. The trumpeters, all the while, blew their blasts shriller
+and shriller; each soldier shouted a battle cry, and often fell with it
+on his lips. It was the strangest spectacle of causeless wrath, and of
+mischief for no good end, that had ever been witnessed; but, after all,
+it was neither more foolish nor more wicked than a thousand battles that
+have since been fought, in which men have slain their brothers with just
+as little reason as these children of the dragon's teeth. It ought to
+be considered, too, that the dragon people were made for nothing else;
+whereas other mortals were born to love and help one another.
+
+Well, this memorable battle continued to rage until the ground was
+strewn with helmeted heads that had been cut off. Of all the thousands
+that began the fight, there were only five left standing. These now
+rushed from different parts of the field, and, meeting in the middle of
+it, clashed their swords, and struck at each other's hearts as fiercely
+as ever.
+
+"Cadmus," said the voice again, "bid those five warriors sheathe their
+swords. They will help you to build the city."
+
+Without hesitating an instant, Cadmus stepped forward, with the aspect
+of a king and a leader, and extending his drawn sword amongst them,
+spoke to the warriors in a stern and commanding voice.
+
+"Sheathe your weapons!" said he.
+
+And forthwith, feeling themselves bound to obey him, the five remaining
+sons of the dragon's teeth made him a military salute with their swords,
+returned them to the scabbards, and stood before Cadmus in a rank,
+eyeing him as soldiers eye their captain, while awaiting the word of
+command.
+
+These five men had probably sprung from the biggest of the dragon's
+teeth, and were the boldest and strongest of the whole army. They were
+almost giants indeed, and had good need to be so, else they never could
+have lived through so terrible a fight. They still had a very furious
+look, and, if Cadmus happened to glance aside, would glare at one
+another, with fire flashing out of their eyes. It was strange, too,
+to observe how the earth, out of which they had so lately grown, was
+incrusted, here and there, on their bright breastplates, and even,
+begrimed their faces; just as you may have seen it clinging to beets
+and carrots, when pulled out of their native soil. Cadmus hardly
+knew whether to consider them as men, or some odd kind of vegetable;
+although, on the whole, he concluded that there was human nature in
+them, because they were so fond of trumpets and weapons, and so ready to
+shed blood.
+
+They looked him earnestly in the face, waiting for his next order,
+and evidently desiring no other employment than to follow him from one
+battlefield to another, all over the wide world. But Cadmus was wiser
+than these earth-born creatures, with the dragon's fierceness in them,
+and knew better how to use their strength and hardihood.
+
+"Come!" said he. "You are sturdy fellows. Make yourselves useful! Quarry
+some stones with those great swords of yours, and help me to build a
+city."
+
+The five soldiers grumbled a little, and muttered that it was their
+business to overthrow cities, not to build them up. But Cadmus looked at
+them with a stern eye, and spoke to them in a tone of authority, so that
+they knew him for their master, and never again thought of disobeying
+his commands. They set to work in good earnest, and toiled so
+diligently, that, in a very short time, a city began to make its
+appearance. At first, to be sure, the workmen showed a quarrelsome
+disposition. Like savage beasts, they would doubtless have done one
+another a mischief, if Cadmus had not kept watch over them, and quelled
+the fierce old serpent that lurked in their hearts, when he saw it
+gleaming out of their wild eyes. But, in course of time, they got
+accustomed to honest labor, and had sense enough to feel that there
+was more true enjoyment in living at peace, and doing good to one's
+neighbor, than in striking at him with a two-edged sword. It may not be
+too much to hope that the rest of mankind will by and by grow as wise
+and peaceable as these five earth-begrimed warriors, who sprang from the
+dragon's teeth.
+
+And now the city was built, and there was a home in it for each of the
+workmen. But the palace of Cadmus was not yet erected, because they had
+left it till the last, meaning to introduce all the new improvements
+of architecture, and make it very commodious, as well as stately and
+beautiful. After finishing the rest of their labors, they all went to
+bed betimes, in order to rise in the gray of the morning, and get at
+least the foundation of the edifice laid before nightfall. But, when
+Cadmus arose, and took his way towards the site where the palace was
+to be built, followed by his five sturdy workmen marching all in a row,
+what do you think he saw?
+
+What should it be but the most magnificent palace that had ever been
+seen in the world. It was built of marble and other beautiful kinds of
+stone, and rose high into the air, with a splendid dome and a portico
+along the front, and carved pillars, and everything else that befitted
+the habitation of a mighty king. It had grown up out of the earth in
+almost as short a time as it had taken the armed host to spring from the
+dragon's teeth; and what made the matter more strange, no seed of this
+stately edifice ever had been planted.
+
+When the five workmen beheld the dome, with the morning sunshine making
+it look golden and glorious, they gave a great shout.
+
+"Long live King Cadmus," they cried, "in his beautiful palace."
+
+And the new king, with his five faithful followers at his heels,
+shouldering their pickaxes and marching in a rank (for they still had a
+soldier-like sort of behavior, as their nature was), ascended the palace
+steps. Halting at the entrance, they gazed through a long vista of
+lofty pillars, that were ranged from end to end of a great hall. At the
+farther extremity of this hall, approaching slowly towards him, Cadmus
+beheld a female figure, wonderfully beautiful, and adorned with a royal
+robe, and a crown of diamonds over her golden ringlets, and the richest
+necklace that ever a queen wore. His heart thrilled with delight. He
+fancied it his long-lost sister Europa, now grown to womanhood, coming
+to make him happy, and to repay him with her sweet sisterly affection,
+for all those weary wonderings in quest of her since he left King
+Agenor's palace--for the tears that he had shed, on parting with
+Phoenix, and Cilix, and Thasus--for the heart-breakings that had made
+the whole world seem dismal to him over his dear mother's grave.
+
+But, as Cadmus advanced to meet the beautiful stranger, he saw that
+her features were unknown to him, although, in the little time that it
+required to tread along the hall, he had already felt a sympathy betwixt
+himself and her.
+
+"No, Cadmus," said the same voice that had spoken to him in the field of
+the armed men, "this is not that dear sister Europa whom you have sought
+so faithfully all over the wide world. This is Harmonia, a daughter of
+the sky, who is given you instead of sister, and brothers, and friend,
+and mother. You will find all those dear ones in her alone."
+
+So King Cadmus dwelt in the palace, with his new friend Harmonia,
+and found a great deal of comfort in his magnificent abode, but would
+doubtless have found as much, if not more, in the humblest cottage by
+the wayside. Before many years went by, there was a group of rosy little
+children (but how they came thither has always been a mystery to me)
+sporting in the great hall, and on the marble steps of the palace, and
+running joyfully to meet King Cadmus when affairs of state left him at
+leisure to play with them. They called him father, and Queen Harmonia
+mother. The five old soldiers of the dragon's teeth grew very fond
+of these small urchins, and were never weary of showing them how to
+shoulder sticks, flourish wooden swords, and march in military order,
+blowing a penny trumpet, or beating an abominable rub-a-dub upon a
+little drum.
+
+But King Cadmus, lest there should be too much of the dragon's tooth in
+his children's disposition, used to find time from his kingly duties
+to teach them their A B C--which he invented for their benefit, and for
+which many little people, I am afraid, are not half so grateful to him
+as they ought to be.
+
+
+
+
+CIRCE'S PALACE.
+
+Some of you have heard, no doubt, of the wise King Ulysses, and how he
+went to the siege of Troy, and how, after that famous city was taken and
+burned, he spent ten long years in trying to get back again to his
+own little kingdom of Ithaca. At one time in the course of this weary
+voyage, he arrived at an island that looked very green and pleasant, but
+the name of which was unknown to him. For, only a little while before
+he came thither, he had met with a terrible hurricane, or rather a great
+many hurricanes at once, which drove his fleet of vessels into a strange
+part of the sea, where neither himself nor any of his mariners had ever
+sailed. This misfortune was entirely owing to the foolish curiosity of
+his shipmates, who, while Ulysses lay asleep, had untied some very
+bulky leathern bags, in which they supposed a valuable treasure to be
+concealed. But in each of these stout bags, King Aeolus, the ruler of
+the winds, had tied up a tempest, and had given it to Ulysses to keep in
+order that he might be sure of a favorable passage homeward to Ithaca;
+and when the strings were loosened, forth rushed the whistling blasts,
+like air out of a blown bladder, whitening the sea with foam, and
+scattering the vessels nobody could tell whither.
+
+Immediately after escaping from this peril, a still greater one had
+befallen him. Scudding before the hurricane, he reached a place, which,
+as he afterwards found, was called Laestrygonia, where some monstrous
+giants had eaten up many of his companions, and had sunk every one of
+his vessels, except that in which he himself sailed, by flinging great
+masses of rock at them, from the cliffs along the shore. After going
+through such troubles as these, you cannot wonder that King Ulysses
+was glad to moor his tempest-beaten bark in a quiet cove of the green
+island, which I began with telling you about. But he had encountered so
+many dangers from giants, and one-eyed Cyclops, and monsters of the sea
+and land, that he could not help dreading some mischief, even in this
+pleasant and seemingly solitary spot. For two days, therefore, the poor
+weather-worn voyagers kept quiet, and either staid on board of their
+vessel, or merely crept along under the cliffs that bordered the shore;
+and to keep themselves alive, they dug shellfish out of the sand, and
+sought for any little rill of fresh water that might be running towards
+the sea.
+
+Before the two days were spent, they grew very weary of this kind of
+life; for the followers of King Ulysses, as you will find it important
+to remember, were terrible gormandizers, and pretty sure to grumble
+if they missed their regulars meals, and their irregular ones besides.
+Their stock of provisions was quite exhausted, and even the shellfish
+began to get scarce, so that they had now to choose between starving to
+death or venturing into the interior of the island, where perhaps some
+huge three-headed dragon, or other horrible monster, had his den. Such
+misshapen creatures were very numerous in those days; and nobody ever
+expected to make a voyage, or take a journey, without running more or
+less risk of being devoured by them.
+
+But King Ulysses was a bold man as well as a prudent one; and on the
+third morning he determined to discover what sort of a place the island
+was, and whether it were possible to obtain a supply of food for the
+hungry mouths of his companions. So, taking a spear in his hand, he
+clambered to the summit of a cliff, and gazed round about him. At a
+distance, towards the center of the island, he beheld the stately towers
+of what seemed to be a palace, built of snow-white marble, and rising in
+the midst of a grove of lofty trees. The thick branches of these trees
+stretched across the front of the edifice, and more than half concealed
+it, although, from the portion which he saw, Ulysses judged it to be
+spacious and exceedingly beautiful, and probably the residence of some
+great nobleman or prince. A blue smoke went curling up from the chimney,
+and was almost the pleasantest part of the spectacle to Ulysses. For,
+from the abundance of this smoke, it was reasonable to conclude that
+there was a good fire in the kitchen, and that, at dinner-time, a
+plentiful banquet would be served up to the inhabitants of the palace,
+and to whatever guests might happen to drop in.
+
+With so agreeable a prospect before him, Ulysses fancied that he could
+not do better than go straight to the palace gate, and tell the master
+of it that there was a crew of poor shipwrecked mariners, not far off,
+who had eaten nothing for a day or two, save a few clams and oysters,
+and would therefore be thankful for a little food. And the prince or
+nobleman must be a very stingy curmudgeon, to be sure, if, at least,
+when his own dinner was over, he would not bid them welcome to the
+broken victuals from the table.
+
+Pleasing himself with this idea, King Ulysses had made a few steps
+in the direction of the palace, when there was a great twittering and
+chirping from the branch of a neighboring tree. A moment afterwards, a
+bird came flying towards him, and hovered in the air, so as almost to
+brush his face with its wings. It was a very pretty little bird, with
+purple wings and body, and yellow legs, and a circle of golden feathers
+round its neck, and on its head a golden tuft, which looked like a
+king's crown in miniature. Ulysses tried to catch the bird. But it
+fluttered nimbly out of his reach, still chirping in a piteous tone, as
+if it could have told a lamentable story, had it only been gifted with
+human language. And when he attempted to drive it away, the bird flew no
+farther than the bough of the next tree, and again came fluttering about
+his head, with its doleful chirp, as soon as he showed a purpose of
+going forward.
+
+"Have you anything to tell me, little bird?" asked Ulysses.
+
+And he was ready to listen attentively to whatever the bird might
+communicate; for, at the siege of Troy, and elsewhere, he had known such
+odd things to happen, that he would not have considered it much out of
+the common run had this little feathered creature talked as plainly as
+himself.
+
+"Peep!" said the bird, "peep, peep, pe--weep!" And nothing else would it
+say, but only, "Peep, peep, pe--weep!" in a melancholy cadence, and over
+and over and over again. As often as Ulysses moved forward, however, the
+bird showed the greatest alarm, and did its best to drive him back, with
+the anxious flutter of its purple wings. Its unaccountable behavior made
+him conclude, at last, that the bird knew of some danger that awaited
+him, and which must needs be very terrible, beyond all question, since
+it moved even a little fowl to feel compassion for a human being. So
+he resolved, for the present, to return to the vessel, and tell his
+companions what he had seen.
+
+This appeared to satisfy the bird. As soon as Ulysses turned back, it
+ran up the trunk of a tree, and began to pick insects out of the bark
+with its long, sharp bill; for it was a kind of woodpecker, you must
+know, and had to get its living in the same manner as other birds of
+that species. But every little while, as it pecked at the bark of
+the tree, the purple bird bethought itself of some secret sorrow, and
+repeated its plaintive note of "Peep, peep, pe--weep!"
+
+On his way to the shore, Ulysses had the good luck to kill a large stag
+by thrusting his spear into his back. Taking it on his shoulders (for he
+was a remarkably strong man), he lugged it along with him, and flung
+it down before his hungry companions. I have already hinted to you what
+gormandizers some of the comrades of King Ulysses were. From what is
+related of them, I reckon that their favorite diet was pork, and that
+they had lived upon it until a good part of their physical substance was
+swine's flesh, and their tempers and dispositions were very much akin to
+the hog. A dish of venison, however, was no unacceptable meal to them,
+especially after feeding so long on oysters and clams. So, beholding the
+dead stag, they felt of its ribs, in a knowing way, and lost no time in
+kindling a fire of driftwood, to cook it. The rest of the day was spent
+in feasting; and if these enormous eaters got up from table at sunset,
+it was only because they could not scrape another morsel off the poor
+animal's bones.
+
+The next morning, their appetites were as sharp as ever. They looked at
+Ulysses, as if they expected him to clamber up the cliff again, and come
+back with another fat deer upon his shoulders. Instead of setting out,
+however, he summoned the whole crew together, and told them it was in
+vain to hope that he could kill a stag every day for their dinner, and
+therefore it was advisable to think of some other mode of satisfying
+their hunger.
+
+"Now," said he, "when I was on the cliff, yesterday, I discovered that
+this island is inhabited. At a considerable distance from the shore
+stood a marble palace, which appeared to be very spacious, and had a
+great deal of smoke curling out of one of its chimneys."
+
+"Aha!" muttered some of his companions, smacking their lips. "That smoke
+must have come from the kitchen fire. There was a good dinner on the
+spit; and no doubt there will be as good a one to-day."
+
+"But," continued the wise Ulysses, "you must remember, my good friends,
+our misadventure in the cavern of one-eyed Polyphemus, the Cyclops!
+Instead of his ordinary milk diet, did he not eat up two of our comrades
+for his supper, and a couple more for breakfast, and two at his supper
+again? Methinks I see him yet, the hideous monster, scanning us with
+that great red eye, in the middle of his forehead, to single out the
+fattest. And then, again, only a few days ago, did we not fall into the
+hands of the king of the Laestrygons, and those other horrible giants,
+his subjects, who devoured a great many more of us than are now left? To
+tell you the truth, if we go to yonder palace, there can be no question
+that we shall make our appearance at the dinner table; but whether
+seated as guests, or served up as food, is a point to be seriously
+considered."
+
+"Either way," murmured some of the hungriest of the crew; "it will be
+better than starvation; particularly if one could be sure of being well
+fattened beforehand, and daintily cooked afterwards."
+
+"That is a matter of taste," said King Ulysses, "and, for my own part,
+neither the most careful fattening nor the daintiest of cookery would
+reconcile me to being dished at last. My proposal is, therefore, that we
+divide ourselves into two equal parties, and ascertain, by drawing
+lots, which of the two shall go to the palace, and beg for food and
+assistance. If these can be obtained, all is well. If not, and if the
+inhabitants prove as inhospitable as Polyphemus, or the Laestrygons,
+then there will but half of us perish, and the remainder may set sail
+and escape."
+
+As nobody objected to this scheme, Ulysses proceeded to count the whole
+band, and found that there were forty-six men, including himself. He
+then numbered off twenty-two of them, and put Eurylochus (who was one
+of his chief officers, and second only to himself in sagacity) at their
+head. Ulysses took command of the remaining twenty-two men, in person.
+Then, taking off his helmet, he put two shells into it, on one of which
+was written, "Go," and on the other "Stay." Another person now held the
+helmet, while Ulysses and Eurylochus drew out each a shell; and the
+word "Go" was found written on that which Eurylochus had drawn. In
+this manner, it was decided that Ulysses and his twenty-two men were to
+remain at the seaside until the other party should have found out what
+sort of treatment they might expect at the mysterious palace. As there
+was no help for it, Eurylochus immediately set forth at the head of his
+twenty-two followers, who went off in a very melancholy state of mind,
+leaving their friends in hardly better spirits than themselves.
+
+No sooner had they clambered up the cliff, than they discerned the tall
+marble towers of the palace, ascending, as white as snow, out of the
+lovely green shadow of the trees which surrounded it. A gush of smoke
+came from a chimney in the rear of the edifice. This vapor rose high
+in the air, and, meeting with a breeze, was wafted seaward, and made to
+pass over the heads of the hungry mariners. When people's appetites are
+keen, they have a very quick scent for anything savory in the wind.
+
+"That smoke comes from the kitchen!" cried one of them, turning up his
+nose as high as he could, and snuffing eagerly. "And, as sure as I'm a
+half-starved vagabond, I smell roast meat in it."
+
+"Pig, roast pig!" said another. "Ah, the dainty little porker. My mouth
+waters for him."
+
+"Let us make haste," cried the others, "or we shall be too late for the
+good cheer!"
+
+But scarcely had they made half a dozen steps from the edge of the
+cliff, when a bird came fluttering to meet them. It was the same pretty
+little bird, with the purple wings and body, the yellow legs, the golden
+collar round its neck, and the crown-like tuft upon its head, whose
+behavior had so much surprised Ulysses. It hovered about Eurylochus, and
+almost brushed his face with its wings.
+
+"Peep, peep, pe--weep!" chirped the bird.
+
+So plaintively intelligent was the sound, that it seemed as if the
+little creature were going to break its heart with some mighty secret
+that it had to tell, and only this one poor note to tell it with.
+
+"My pretty bird," said Eurylochus--for he was a wary person, and let no
+token of harm escape his notice--"my pretty bird, who sent you hither?
+And what is the message which you bring?"
+
+"Peep, peep, pe--weep!" replied the bird, very sorrowfully.
+
+Then it flew towards the edge of the cliff, and looked around at them,
+as if exceedingly anxious that they should return whence they came.
+Eurylochus and a few of the others were inclined to turn back. They
+could not help suspecting that the purple bird must be aware of
+something mischievous that would befall them at the palace, and the
+knowledge of which affected its airy spirit with a human sympathy and
+sorrow. But the rest of the voyagers, snuffing up the smoke from the
+palace kitchen, ridiculed the idea of returning to the vessel. One of
+them (more brutal than his fellows, and the most notorious gormandizer
+in the crew) said such a cruel and wicked thing, that I wonder the mere
+thought did not turn him into a wild beast, in shape, as he already was
+in his nature.
+
+"This troublesome and impertinent little fowl," said he, "would make
+a delicate titbit to begin dinner with. Just one plump morsel, melting
+away between the teeth. If he comes within my reach, I'll catch him, and
+give him to the palace cook to be roasted on a skewer."
+
+The words were hardly out of his mouth, before the purple bird flew
+away, crying, "Peep, peep, pe--weep," more dolorously than ever.
+
+"That bird," remarked Eurylochus, "knows more than we do about what
+awaits us at the palace."
+
+"Come on, then," cried his comrades, "and we'll soon know as much as he
+does."
+
+The party, accordingly, went onward through the green and pleasant wood.
+Every little while they caught new glimpses of the marble palace, which
+looked more and more beautiful the nearer they approached it. They soon
+entered a broad pathway, which seemed to be very neatly kept, and which
+went winding along, with streaks of sunshine falling across it and
+specks of light quivering among the deepest shadows that fell from the
+lofty trees. It was bordered, too, with a great many sweet-smelling
+flowers, such as the mariners had never seen before. So rich and
+beautiful they were, that, if the shrubs grew wild here, and were native
+in the soil, then this island was surely the flower garden of the whole
+earth; or, if transplanted from some other clime, it must have been from
+the Happy Islands that lay towards the golden sunset.
+
+"There has been a great deal of pains foolishly wasted on these
+flowers," observed one of the company; and I tell you what he said, that
+you may keep in mind what gormandizers they were. "For my part, if I
+were the owner of the palace, I would bid my gardener cultivate nothing
+but savory pot herbs to make a stuffing for roast meat, or to flavor a
+stew with."
+
+"Well said!" cried the others. "But I'll warrant you there's a kitchen
+garden in the rear of the palace."
+
+At one place they came to a crystal spring, and paused to drink at it
+for want of liquor which they liked better. Looking into its bosom, they
+beheld their own faces dimly reflected, but so extravagantly distorted
+by the gush and motion of the water, that each one of them appeared to
+be laughing at himself and all his companions. So ridiculous were these
+images of themselves, indeed, that they did really laugh aloud, and
+could hardly be grave again as soon as they wished. And after they had
+drank, they grew still merrier than before.
+
+"It has a twang of the wine cask in it," said one, smacking his lips.
+
+"Make haste!" cried his fellows: "we'll find the wine cask itself at the
+palace, and that will be better than a hundred crystal fountains."
+
+Then they quickened their pace, and capered for joy at the thought of
+the savory banquet at which they hoped to be guests. But Eurylochus told
+them that he felt as if he were walking in a dream.
+
+"If I am really awake," continued he, "then, in my opinion, we are on
+the point of meeting with some stranger adventure than any that
+befell us in the cave of Polyphemus, or among the gigantic man-eating
+Laestrygons, or in the windy palace of King Aeolus, which stands on a
+brazen-walled island. This kind of dreamy feeling always comes over me
+before any wonderful occurrence. If you take my advice, you will turn
+back."
+
+"No, no," answered his comrades, snuffing the air, in which the scent
+from the palace kitchen was now very perceptible. "We would not turn
+back, though we were certain that the king of the Laestrygons, as big as
+a mountain, would sit at the head of the table, and huge Polyphemus, the
+one-eyed Cyclops, at its foot."
+
+At length they came within full sight of the palace, which proved to
+be very large and lofty, with a great number of airy pinnacles upon its
+roof. Though it was midday, and the sun shone brightly over the marble
+front, yet its snowy whiteness, and its fantastic style of architecture,
+made it look unreal, like the frost work on a window pane, or like the
+shapes of castles which one sees among the clouds by moonlight. But,
+just then, a puff of wind brought down the smoke of the kitchen chimney
+among them, and caused each man to smell the odor of the dish that
+he liked best; and, after scenting it, they thought everything else
+moonshine, and nothing real save this palace, and save the banquet that
+was evidently ready to be served up in it.
+
+So they hastened their steps towards the portal, but had not got half
+way across the wide lawn, when a pack of lions, tigers, and wolves came
+bounding to meet them. The terrified mariners started back, expecting
+no better fate than to be torn to pieces and devoured. To their surprise
+and joy, however, these wild beasts merely capered around them, wagging
+their tails, offering their heads to be stroked and patted, and behaving
+just like so many well-bred house dogs, when they wish to express their
+delight at meeting their master, or their master's friends. The biggest
+lion licked the feet of Eurylochus; and every other lion, and every wolf
+and tiger, singled out one of his two and twenty followers, whom the
+beast fondled as if he loved him better than a beef bone.
+
+But, for all that, Eurylochus imagined that he saw something fierce and
+savage in their eyes; nor would he have been surprised, at any moment,
+to feel the big lion's terrible claws, or to see each of the tigers make
+a deadly spring, or each wolf leap at the throat of the man whom he
+had fondled. Their mildness seemed unreal, and a mere freak; but their
+savage nature was as true as their teeth and claws.
+
+Nevertheless, the men went safely across the lawn with the wild beasts
+frisking about them, and doing no manner of harm; although, as they
+mounted the steps of the palace, you might possibly have heard a low
+growl, particularly from the wolves; as if they thought it a pity, after
+all, to let the strangers pass without so much as tasting what they were
+made of.
+
+Eurylochus and his followers now passed under a lofty portal, and looked
+through the open doorway into the interior of the palace. The first
+thing that they saw was a spacious hall, and a fountain in the middle
+of it, gushing up towards the ceiling out of a marble basin, and falling
+back into it with a continual plash. The water of this fountain, as it
+spouted upward, was constantly taking new shapes, not very distinctly,
+but plainly enough for a nimble fancy to recognize what they were. Now
+it was the shape of a man in a long robe, the fleecy whiteness of which
+was made out of the fountain's spray; now it was a lion, or a tiger, or
+a wolf, or an ass, or, as often as anything else, a hog, wallowing in
+the marble basin as if it were his sty. It was either magic or some very
+curious machinery that caused the gushing waterspout to assume all
+these forms. But, before the strangers had time to look closely at
+this wonderful sight, their attention was drawn off by a very sweet and
+agreeable sound. A woman's voice was singing melodiously in another room
+of the palace, and with her voice was mingled the noise of a loom, at
+which she was probably seated, weaving a rich texture of cloth, and
+intertwining the high and low sweetness of her voice into a rich tissue
+of harmony.
+
+By and by, the song came to an end; and then, all at once, there were
+several feminine voices, talking airily and cheerfully, with now and
+then a merry burst of laughter, such as you may always hear when three
+or four young women sit at work together.
+
+"What a sweet song that was!" exclaimed one of the voyagers.
+
+"Too sweet, indeed," answered Eurylochus, shaking his head. "Yet it
+was not so sweet as the song of the Sirens, those bird-like damsels who
+wanted to tempt us on the rocks, so that our vessel might be wrecked,
+and our bones left whitening along the shore."
+
+"But just listen to the pleasant voices of those maidens, and that buzz
+of the loom, as the shuttle passes to and fro," said another comrade.
+"What a domestic, household, home-like sound it is! Ah, before that
+weary siege of Troy, I used to hear the buzzing loom and the women's
+voices under my own roof. Shall I never hear them again? nor taste those
+nice little savory dishes which my dearest wife knew how to serve up?"
+
+"Tush! we shall fare better here," said another. "But how innocently
+those women are babbling together, without guessing that we overhear
+them! And mark that richest voice of all, so pleasant and so familiar,
+but which yet seems to have the authority of a mistress among them. Let
+us show ourselves at once. What harm can the lady of the palace and her
+maidens do to mariners and warriors like us?"
+
+"Remember," said Eurylochus, "that it was a young maiden who beguiled
+three of our friends into the palace of the king of the Laestrygons, who
+ate up one of them in the twinkling of an eye."
+
+No warning or persuasion, however, had any effect on his companions.
+They went up to a pair of folding doors at the farther end of the hall,
+and throwing them wide open, passed into the next room. Eurylochus,
+meanwhile, had stepped behind a pillar. In the short moment while the
+folding doors opened and closed again, he caught a glimpse of a very
+beautiful woman rising from the loom, and coming to meet the poor
+weather-beaten wanderers, with a hospitable smile, and her hand
+stretched out in welcome. There were four other young women, who joined
+their hands and danced merrily forward, making gestures of obeisance to
+the strangers. They were only less beautiful than the lady who seemed to
+be their mistress. Yet Eurylochus fancied that one of them had sea-green
+hair, and that the close-fitting bodice of a second looked like the bark
+of a tree, and that both the others had something odd in their aspect,
+although he could not quite determine what it was, in the little while
+that he had to examine them.
+
+The folding doors swung quickly back, and left him standing behind the
+pillar, in the solitude of the outer hall. There Eurylochus waited until
+he was quite weary, and listened eagerly to every sound, but without
+hearing anything that could help him to guess what had become of his
+friends. Footsteps, it is true, seemed to be passing and repassing, in
+other parts of the palace. Then there was a clatter of silver dishes,
+or golden ones, which made him imagine a rich feast in a splendid
+banqueting hall. But by and by he heard a tremendous grunting and
+squealing, and then a sudden scampering, like that of small, hard hoofs
+over a marble floor, while the voices of the mistress and her four
+handmaidens were screaming all together, in tones of anger and derision.
+Eurylochus could not conceive what had happened, unless a drove of
+swine had broken into the palace, attracted by the smell of the feast.
+Chancing to cast his eyes at the fountain, he saw that it did not shift
+its shape, as formerly, nor looked either like a long-robed man, or
+a lion, a tiger, a wolf, or an ass. It looked like nothing but a hog,
+which lay wallowing in the marble basin, and filled it from brim to
+brim.
+
+But we must leave the prudent Eurylochus waiting in the outer hall, and
+follow his friends into the inner secrecy of the palace. As soon as the
+beautiful woman saw them, she arose from the loom, as I have told you,
+and came forward, smiling, and stretching out her hand. She took the
+hand of the foremost among them, and bade him and the whole party
+welcome.
+
+"You have been long expected, my good friends," said she. "I and my
+maidens are well acquainted with you, although you do not appear to
+recognize us. Look at this piece of tapestry, and judge if your faces
+must not have been familiar to us."
+
+So the voyagers examined the web of cloth which the beautiful woman
+had been weaving in her loom; and, to their vast astonishment, they saw
+their own figures perfectly represented in different colored threads. It
+was a life-like picture of their recent adventures, showing them in the
+cave of Polyphemus, and how they had put out his one great moony eye;
+while in another part of the tapestry they were untying the leathern
+bags, puffed out with contrary winds; and farther on, they beheld
+themselves scampering away from the gigantic king of the Laestrygons,
+who had caught one of them by the leg. Lastly, there they were, sitting
+on the desolate shore of this very island, hungry and downcast, and
+looking ruefully at the bare bones of the stag which they devoured
+yesterday. This was as far as the work had yet proceeded; but when the
+beautiful woman should again sit down at her loom, she would probably
+make a picture of what had since happened to the strangers, and of what
+was now going to happen.
+
+"You see," she said, "that I know all about your troubles; and you
+cannot doubt that I desire to make you happy for as long a time as you
+may remain with me. For this purpose, my honored guests, I have ordered
+a banquet to be prepared. Fish, fowl, and flesh, roasted, and in
+luscious stews, and seasoned, I trust, to all your tastes, are ready to
+be served up. If your appetites tell you it is dinner time, then come
+with me to the festal saloon."
+
+At this kind invitation, the hungry mariners were quite overjoyed;
+and one of them, taking upon himself to be spokesman, assured their
+hospitable hostess that any hour of the day was dinner time with them,
+whenever they could get flesh to put in the pot, and fire to boil it
+with. So the beautiful woman led the way; and the four maidens (one of
+them had sea-green hair, another a bodice of oak bark, a third sprinkled
+a shower of water drops from her fingers' ends, and the fourth had some
+other oddity, which I have forgotten), all these followed behind, and
+hurried the guests along, until they entered a magnificent saloon. It
+was built in a perfect oval, and lighted from a crystal dome above.
+Around the walls were ranged two and twenty thrones, overhung by
+canopies of crimson and gold, and provided with the softest of cushions,
+which were tasselled and fringed with gold cord. Each of the
+strangers was invited to sit down; and there they were, two and twenty
+storm-beaten mariners, in worn and tattered garb, sitting on two and
+twenty cushioned and canopied thrones, so rich and gorgeous that the
+proudest monarch had nothing more splendid in his stateliest hall.
+
+Then you might have seen the guests nodding, winking with one eye, and
+leaning from one throne to another, to communicate their satisfaction in
+hoarse whispers.
+
+"Our good hostess has made kings of us all," said one. "Ha! do you
+smell the feast? I'll engage it will be fit to set before two and twenty
+kings."
+
+"I hope," said another, "it will be, mainly, good substantial joints,
+sirloins, spareribs, and hinder quarters, without too many kickshaws. If
+I thought the good lady would not take it amiss, I should call for a fat
+slice of fried bacon to begin with."
+
+Ah, the gluttons and gormandizers! You see how it was with them. In the
+loftiest seats of dignity, on royal thrones, they could think of nothing
+but their greedy appetite, which was the portion of their nature that
+they shared with wolves and swine; so that they resembled those vilest
+of animals far more than they did kings--if, indeed, kings were what
+they ought to be.
+
+But the beautiful woman now clapped her hands; and immediately there
+entered a train of two and twenty serving men, bringing dishes of the
+richest food, all hot from the kitchen fire, and sending up such a steam
+that it hung like a cloud below the crystal dome of the saloon. An equal
+number of attendants brought great flagons of wine, of various kinds,
+some of which sparkled as it was poured out, and went bubbling down the
+throat; while, of other sorts, the purple liquor was so clear that you
+could see the wrought figures at the bottom of the goblet. While the
+servants supplied the two and twenty guests with food and drink, the
+hostess and her four maidens went from one throne to another, exhorting
+them to eat their fill, and to quaff wine abundantly, and thus to
+recompense themselves, at this one banquet, for the many days when they
+had gone without a dinner. But whenever the mariners were not looking at
+them (which was pretty often, as they looked chiefly into the basins
+and platters), the beautiful woman and her damsels turned aside, and
+laughed. Even the servants, as they knelt down to present the dishes,
+might be seen to grin and sneer, while the guests were helping
+themselves to the offered dainties.
+
+And, once in a while, the strangers seemed to taste something that they
+did not like.
+
+"Here is an odd kind of spice in this dish," said one. "I can't say it
+quite suits my palate. Down it goes, however."
+
+"Send a good draught of wine down your throat," said his comrade on
+the next throne. "That is the stuff to make this sort of cookery relish
+well. Though I must needs say, the wine has a queer taste too. But the
+more I drink of it, the better I like the flavor."
+
+Whatever little fault they might find with the dishes, they sat at
+dinner a prodigiously long while; and it would really have made you
+ashamed to see how they swilled down the liquor and gobbled up the food.
+They sat on golden thrones, to be sure; but they behaved like pigs in a
+sty; and, if they had had their wits about them, they might have guessed
+that this was the opinion of their beautiful hostess and her maidens. It
+brings a blush into my face to reckon up, in my own mind, what mountains
+of meat and pudding, and what gallons of wine, these two and twenty
+guzzlers and gormandizers ate and drank. They forgot all about their
+homes, and their wives and children, and all about Ulysses, and
+everything else, except this banquet, at which they wanted to keep
+feasting forever. But at length they began to give over, from mere
+incapacity to hold any more.
+
+"That last bit of fat is too much for me," said one.
+
+"And I have not room for another morsel," said his next neighbor,
+heaving a sigh. "What a pity! My appetite is as sharp as ever."
+
+In short, they all left off eating, and leaned back on their thrones,
+with such a stupid and helpless aspect as made them ridiculous to
+behold. When their hostess saw this, she laughed aloud; so did her four
+damsels; so did the two and twenty serving men that bore the dishes, and
+their two and twenty fellows that poured out the wine. And the louder
+they all laughed, the more stupid and helpless did the two and twenty
+gormandizers look. Then the beautiful woman took her stand in the middle
+of the saloon, and stretching out a slender rod (it had been all the
+while in her hand, although they never noticed it till this moment), she
+turned it from one guest to another, until each had felt it pointed at
+himself. Beautiful as her face was, and though there was a smile on it,
+it looked just as wicked and mischievous as the ugliest serpent that
+ever was seen; and fat-witted as the voyagers had made themselves, they
+began to suspect that they had fallen into the power of an evil-minded
+enchantress.
+
+"Wretches," cried she, "you have abused a lady's hospitality; and in
+this princely saloon your behavior has been suited to a hog-pen. You are
+already swine in everything but the human form, which you disgrace, and
+which I myself should be ashamed to keep a moment longer, were you to
+share it with me. But it will require only the slightest exercise of
+magic to make the exterior conform to the hoggish disposition. Assume
+your proper shapes, gormandizers, and begone to the sty!"
+
+Uttering these last words, she waved her wand; and stamping her foot
+imperiously, each of the guests was struck aghast at beholding, instead
+of his comrades in human shape, one and twenty hogs sitting on the same
+number of golden thrones. Each man (as he still supposed himself to be)
+essayed to give a cry of surprise, but found that he could merely grunt,
+and that, in a word, he was just such another beast as his companions.
+It looked so intolerably absurd to see hogs on cushioned thrones, that
+they made haste to wallow down upon all fours, like other swine. They
+tried to groan and beg for mercy, but forthwith emitted the most awful
+grunting and squealing that ever came out of swinish throats. They would
+have wrung their hands in despair, but, attempting to do so, grew all
+the more desperate for seeing themselves squatted on their hams, and
+pawing the air with their fore trotters. Dear me! what pendulous ears
+they had! what little red eyes, half buried in fat! and what long
+snouts, instead of Grecian noses!
+
+But brutes as they certainly were, they yet had enough of human nature
+in them to be shocked at their own hideousness; and still intending to
+groan, they uttered a viler grunt and squeal than before. So harsh and
+ear-piercing it was, that you would have fancied a butcher was sticking
+his knife into each of their throats, or, at the very least, that
+somebody was pulling every hog by his funny little twist of a tail.
+
+"Begone to your sty!" cried the enchantress, giving them some smart
+strokes with her wand; and then she turned to the serving men--"Drive
+out these swine, and throw down some acorns for them to eat."
+
+The door of the saloon being flung open, the drove of hogs ran in
+all directions save the right one, in accordance with their hoggish
+perversity, but were finally driven into the back yard of the palace. It
+was a sight to bring tears into one's eyes (and I hope none of you will
+be cruel enough to laugh at it), to see the poor creatures go snuffing
+along, picking up here a cabbage leaf and there a turnip top, and
+rooting their noses in the earth for whatever they could find. In their
+sty, moreover, they behaved more piggishly than the pigs that had been
+born so; for they bit and snorted at one another, put their feet in the
+trough, and gobbled up their victuals in a ridiculous hurry; and, when
+there was nothing more to be had, they made a great pile of themselves
+among some unclean straw, and fell fast asleep. If they had any human
+reason left, it was just enough to keep them wondering when they should
+be slaughtered, and what quality of bacon they should make.
+
+Meantime, as I told you before, Eurylochus had waited, and waited,
+and waited, in the entrance hall of the palace, without being able to
+comprehend what had befallen his friends. At last, when the swinish
+uproar resounded through the palace, and when he saw the image of a hog
+in the marble basin, he thought it best to hasten back to the vessel,
+and inform the wise Ulysses of these marvelous occurrences. So he ran as
+fast as he could down the steps, and never stopped to draw breath till
+he reached the shore.
+
+"Why do you come alone?" asked King Ulysses, as soon as he saw him.
+"Where are your two and twenty comrades?"
+
+At these questions, Eurylochus burst into tears.
+
+"Alas!" he cried, "I greatly fear that we shall never see one of their
+faces again."
+
+Then he told Ulysses all that had happened, as far as he knew it, and
+added that he suspected the beautiful woman to be a vile enchantress,
+and the marble palace, magnificent as it looked, to be only a dismal
+cavern in reality. As for his companions, he could not imagine what had
+become of them, unless they had been given to the swine to be devoured
+alive. At this intelligence, all the voyagers were greatly affrighted.
+But Ulysses lost no time in girding on his sword, and hanging his bow
+and quiver over his shoulders, and taking a spear in his right hand.
+When his followers saw their wise leader making these preparations, they
+inquired whither he was going, and earnestly besought him not to leave
+them.
+
+"You are our king," cried they; "and what is more, you are the wisest
+man in the whole world, and nothing but your wisdom and courage can get
+us out of this danger. If you desert us, and go to the enchanted palace,
+you will suffer the same fate as our poor companions, and not a soul of
+us will ever see our dear Ithaca again."
+
+"As I am your king," answered Ulysses, "and wiser than any of you, it
+is therefore the more my duty to see what has befallen our comrades, and
+whether anything can yet be done to rescue them. Wait for me here until
+tomorrow. If I do not then return, you must hoist sail, and endeavor to
+find your way to our native land. For my part, I am answerable for the
+fate of these poor mariners, who have stood by my side in battle,
+and been so often drenched to the skin, along with me, by the same
+tempestuous surges. I will either bring them back with me, or perish."
+
+Had his followers dared, they would have detained him by force. But King
+Ulysses frowned sternly on them, and shook his spear, and bade them stop
+him at their peril. Seeing him so determined, they let him go, and sat
+down on the sand, as disconsolate a set of people as could be, waiting
+and praying for his return.
+
+It happened to Ulysses, just as before, that, when he had gone a few
+steps from the edge of the cliff, the purple bird came fluttering
+towards him, crying, "Peep, peep, pe--weep!" and using all the art it
+could to persuade him to go no farther.
+
+"What mean you, little bird?" cried Ulysses. "You are arrayed like a
+king in purple and gold, and wear a golden crown upon your head. Is it
+because I too am a king, that you desire so earnestly to speak with me?
+If you can talk in human language, say what you would have me do."
+
+"Peep!" answered the purple bird, very dolorously. "Peep, peep,
+pe--we--e!"
+
+Certainly there lay some heavy anguish at the little bird's heart; and
+it was a sorrowful predicament that he could not, at least, have the
+consolation of telling what it was. But Ulysses had no time to waste in
+trying to get at the mystery. He therefore quickened his pace, and had
+gone a good way along the pleasant wood path, when there met him a young
+man of very brisk and intelligent aspect, and clad in a rather singular
+garb. He wore a short cloak and a sort of cap that seemed to be
+furnished with a pair of wings; and from the lightness of his step, you
+would have supposed that there might likewise be wings on his feet. To
+enable him to walk still better (for he was always on one journey or
+another) he carried a winged staff, around which two serpents were
+wriggling and twisting. In short, I have said enough to make you guess
+that it was Quicksilver; and Ulysses (who knew him of old, and had
+learned a great deal of his wisdom from him) recognized him in a moment.
+
+"Whither are you going in such a hurry, wise Ulysses?" asked
+Quicksilver. "Do you not know that this island is enchanted? The wicked
+enchantress (whose name is Circe, the sister of King Aetes) dwells in
+the marble palace which you see yonder among the trees. By her magic
+arts she changes every human being into the brute, beast, or fowl whom
+he happens most to resemble."
+
+"That little bird, which met me at the edge of the cliff," exclaimed
+Ulysses; "was he a human being once?"
+
+"Yes," answered Quicksilver. "He was once a king, named Picus, and a
+pretty good sort of a king, too, only rather too proud of his purple
+robe, and his crown, and the golden chain about his neck; so he was
+forced to take the shape of a gaudy-feathered bird. The lions, and
+wolves, and tigers, who will come running to meet you, in front of
+the palace, were formerly fierce and cruel men, resembling in their
+disposition the wild beasts whose forms they now rightfully wear."
+
+"And my poor companions," said Ulysses. "Have they undergone a similar
+change, through the arts of this wicked Circe?"
+
+"You well know what gormandizers they were," replied Quicksilver; and
+rogue that he was, he could not help laughing at the joke. "So you will
+not be surprised to hear that they have all taken the shapes of swine!
+If Circe had never done anything worse, I really should not think her so
+very much to blame."
+
+"But can I do nothing to help them?" inquired Ulysses.
+
+"It will require all your wisdom," said Quicksilver, "and a little of my
+own into the bargain, to keep your royal and sagacious self from being
+transformed into a fox. But do as I bid you; and the matter may end
+better than it has begun."
+
+While he was speaking, Quicksilver seemed to be in search of something;
+he went stooping along the ground, and soon laid his hand on a little
+plant with a snow-white flower, which he plucked and smelt of. Ulysses
+had been looking at that very spot only just before; and it appeared
+to him that the plant had burst into full flower the instant when
+Quicksilver touched it with his fingers.
+
+"Take this flower, King Ulysses," said he. "Guard it as you do your
+eyesight; for I can assure you it is exceedingly rare and precious, and
+you might seek the whole earth over without ever finding another like
+it. Keep it in your hand, and smell of it frequently after you enter the
+palace, and while you are talking with the enchantress. Especially when
+she offers you food, or a draught of wine out of her goblet, be
+careful to fill your nostrils with the flower's fragrance. Follow these
+directions, and you may defy her magic arts to change you into a fox."
+
+Quicksilver then gave him some further advice how to behave, and bidding
+him be bold and prudent, again assured him that, powerful as Circe was,
+he would have a fair prospect of coming safely out of her enchanted
+palace. After listening attentively, Ulysses thanked his good
+friend, and resumed his way. But he had taken only a few steps, when,
+recollecting some other questions which he wished to ask, he turned
+round again, and beheld nobody on the spot where Quicksilver had stood;
+for that winged cap of his, and those winged shoes, with the help of the
+winged staff, had carried him quickly out of sight.
+
+When Ulysses reached the lawn, in front of the palace, the lions and
+other savage animals came bounding to meet him, and would have fawned
+upon him and licked his feet. But the wise king struck at them with his
+long spear, and sternly bade them begone out of his path; for he knew
+that they had once been bloodthirsty men, and would now tear him limb
+from limb, instead of fawning upon him, could they do the mischief that
+was in their hearts. The wild beasts yelped and glared at him, and stood
+at a distance, while he ascended the palace steps.
+
+On entering the hall, Ulysses saw the magic fountain in the center of
+it. The up-gushing water had now again taken the shape of a man in a
+long, white, fleecy robe, who appeared to be making gestures of welcome.
+The king likewise heard the noise of the shuttle in the loom and the
+sweet melody of the beautiful woman's song, and then the pleasant voices
+of herself and the four maidens talking together, with peals of merry
+laughter intermixed. But Ulysses did not waste much time in listening to
+the laughter or the song. He leaned his spear against one of the pillars
+of the hall, and then, after loosening his sword in the scabbard,
+stepped boldly forward, and threw the folding doors wide open. The
+moment she beheld his stately figure standing in the doorway, the
+beautiful woman rose from the loom, and ran to meet him with a glad
+smile throwing its sunshine over her face, and both her hands extended.
+
+"Welcome, brave stranger!" cried she. "We were expecting you."
+
+And the nymph with the sea-green hair made a courtesy down to the
+ground, and likewise bade him welcome; so did her sister with the bodice
+of oaken bark, and she that sprinkled dew-drops from her fingers' ends,
+and the fourth one with some oddity which I cannot remember. And Circe,
+as the beautiful enchantress was called (who had deluded so many persons
+that she did not doubt of being able to delude Ulysses, not imagining
+how wise he was), again addressed him:
+
+"Your companions," said she, "have already been received into my palace,
+and have enjoyed the hospitable treatment to which the propriety of
+their behavior so well entitles them. If such be your pleasure, you
+shall first take some refreshment, and then join them in the elegant
+apartment which they now occupy. See, I and my maidens have been weaving
+their figures into this piece of tapestry."
+
+She pointed to the web of beautifully-woven cloth in the loom. Circe and
+the four nymphs must have been very diligently at work since the
+arrival of the mariners; for a great many yards of tapestry had now
+been wrought, in addition to what I before described. In this new
+part, Ulysses saw his two and twenty friends represented as sitting on
+cushions and canopied thrones, greedily devouring dainties, and quaffing
+deep draughts of wine. The work had not yet gone any further. O, no,
+indeed. The enchantress was far too cunning to let Ulysses see the
+mischief which her magic arts had since brought upon the gormandizers.
+
+"As for yourself, valiant sir," said Circe, "judging by the dignity of
+your aspect, I take you to be nothing less than a king. Deign to follow
+me, and you shall be treated as befits your rank."
+
+So Ulysses followed her into the oval saloon, where his two and twenty
+comrades had devoured the banquet, which ended so disastrously for
+themselves. But, all this while, he had held the snow-white flower in
+his hand, and had constantly smelt of it while Circe was speaking; and
+as he crossed the threshold of the saloon, he took good care to inhale
+several long and deep snuffs of its fragrance. Instead of two and twenty
+thrones, which had before been ranged around the wall, there was now
+only a single throne, in the center of the apartment. But this was
+surely the most magnificent seat that ever a king or an emperor reposed
+himself upon, all made of chased gold, studded with precious stones,
+with a cushion that looked like a soft heap of living roses, and
+overhung by a canopy of sunlight which Circe knew how to weave into
+drapery. The enchantress took Ulysses by the hand, and made him sit down
+upon this dazzling throne. Then, clapping her hands, she summoned the
+chief butler.
+
+"Bring hither," said she, "the goblet that is set apart for kings to
+drink out of. And fill it with the same delicious wine which my royal
+brother, King Aetes, praised so highly, when he last visited me with my
+fair daughter Medea. That good and amiable child! Were she now here, it
+would delight her to see me offering this wine to my honored guest."
+
+But Ulysses, while the butler was gone for the wine, held the snow-white
+flower to his nose.
+
+"Is it a wholesome wine?" he asked.
+
+At this the four maidens tittered; whereupon the enchantress looked
+round at them, with an aspect of severity.
+
+"It is the wholesomest juice that ever was squeezed out of the grape,"
+said she; "for, instead of disguising a man, as other liquor is apt to
+do, it brings him to his true self, and shows him as he ought to be."
+
+The chief butler liked nothing better than to see people turned into
+swine, or making any kind of a beast of themselves; so he made haste
+to bring the royal goblet, filled with a liquid as bright as gold, and
+which kept sparkling upward, and throwing a sunny spray over the brim.
+But, delightfully as the wine looked, it was mingled with the most
+potent enchantments that Circe knew how to concoct. For every drop of
+the pure grape juice there were two drops of the pure mischief; and the
+danger of the thing was, that the mischief made it taste all the better.
+The mere smell of the bubbles, which effervesced at the brim, was enough
+to turn a man's beard into pig's bristles, or make a lion's claws grow
+out of his fingers, or a fox's brush behind him.
+
+"Drink, my noble guest," said Circe, smiling, as she presented him
+with the goblet. "You will find in this draught a solace for all your
+troubles."
+
+King Ulysses took the goblet with his right hand, while with his left he
+held the snow-white flower to his nostrils, and drew in so long a breath
+that his lungs were quite filled with its pure and simple fragrance.
+Then, drinking off all the wine, he looked the enchantress calmly in the
+face.
+
+"Wretch," cried Circe, giving him a smart stroke with her wand, "how
+dare you keep your human shape a moment longer! Take the form of the
+brute whom you most resemble. If a hog, go join your fellow-swine in
+the sty; if a lion, a wolf, a tiger, go howl with the wild beasts on the
+lawn; if a fox, go exercise your craft in stealing poultry. Thou hast
+quaffed off my wine, and canst be man no longer."
+
+But, such was the virtue of the snow-white flower, instead of wallowing
+down from his throne in swinish shape, or taking any other brutal form,
+Ulysses looked even more manly and king-like than before. He gave the
+magic goblet a toss, and sent it clashing over the marble floor to
+the farthest end of the saloon. Then, drawing his sword, he seized the
+enchantress by her beautiful ringlets, and made a gesture as if he meant
+to strike off her head at one blow.
+
+"Wicked Circe," cried he, in a terrible voice, "this sword shall put an
+end to thy enchantments. Thou shalt die, vile wretch, and do no more
+mischief in the world, by tempting human beings into the vices which
+make beasts of them."
+
+The tone and countenance of Ulysses were so awful, and his sword gleamed
+so brightly, and seemed to have so intolerably keen an edge, that Circe
+was almost killed by the mere fright, without waiting for a blow. The
+chief butler scrambled out of the saloon, picking up the golden goblet
+as he went; and the enchantress and the four maidens fell on their
+knees, wringing their hands, and screaming for mercy.
+
+"Spare me!" cried Circe. "Spare me, royal and wise Ulysses. For now
+I know that thou art he of whom Quicksilver forewarned me, the most
+prudent of mortals, against whom no enchantments can prevail. Thou only
+couldst have conquered Circe. Spare me, wisest of men. I will show
+thee true hospitality, and even give myself to be thy slave, and this
+magnificent palace to be henceforth thy home."
+
+The four nymphs, meanwhile, were making a most piteous ado; and
+especially the ocean nymph, with the sea-green hair, wept a great deal
+of salt water, and the fountain nymph, besides scattering dewdrops from
+her fingers' ends, nearly melted away into tears. But Ulysses would
+not be pacified until Circe had taken a solemn oath to change back his
+companions, and as many others as he should direct, from their present
+forms of beast or bird into their former shapes of men.
+
+"On these conditions," said he, "I consent to spare your life. Otherwise
+you must die upon the spot."
+
+With a drawn sword hanging over her, the enchantress would readily have
+consented to do as much good as she had hitherto done mischief, however
+little she might like such employment. She therefore led Ulysses out of
+the back entrance of the palace, and showed him the swine in their sty.
+There were about fifty of these unclean beasts in the whole herd; and
+though the greater part were hogs by birth and education, there was
+wonderfully little difference to be seen betwixt them and their new
+brethren, who had so recently worn the human shape. To speak critically,
+indeed, the latter rather carried the thing to excess, and seemed to
+make it a point to wallow in the miriest part of the sty, and otherwise
+to outdo the original swine in their own natural vocation. When men
+once turn to brutes, the trifle of man's wit that remains in them adds
+tenfold to their brutality.
+
+The comrades of Ulysses, however, had not quite lost the remembrance of
+having formerly stood erect. When he approached the sty, two and twenty
+enormous swine separated themselves from the herd, and scampered towards
+him, with such a chorus of horrible squealing as made him clap both
+hands to his ears. And yet they did not seem to know what they wanted,
+nor whether they were merely hungry, or miserable from some other
+cause. It was curious, in the midst of their distress, to observe them
+thrusting their noses into the mire, in quest of something to eat. The
+nymph with the bodice of oaken bark (she was the hamadryad of an oak)
+threw a handful of acorns among them; and the two and twenty hogs
+scrambled and fought for the prize, as if they had tasted not so much as
+a noggin of sour milk for a twelvemonth.
+
+"These must certainly be my comrades," said Ulysses. "I recognize their
+dispositions. They are hardly worth the trouble of changing them into
+the human form again. Nevertheless, we will have it done, lest their
+bad example should corrupt the other hogs. Let them take their original
+shapes, therefore, Dame Circe, if your skill is equal to the task. It
+will require greater magic, I trow, than it did to make swine of them."
+
+So Circe waved her wand again, and repeated a few magic words, at the
+sound of which the two and twenty hogs pricked up their pendulous ears.
+It was a wonder to behold how their snouts grew shorter and shorter, and
+their mouths (which they seemed to be sorry for, because they could not
+gobble so expeditiously) smaller and smaller, and how one and another
+began to stand upon his hind legs, and scratch his nose with his fore
+trotters. At first the spectators hardly knew whether to call them hogs
+or men, but by and by came to the conclusion that they rather resembled
+the latter. Finally, there stood the twenty-two comrades of Ulysses,
+looking pretty much the same as when they left the vessel.
+
+You must not imagine, however, that the swinish quality had entirely
+gone out of them. When once it fastens itself into a person's character,
+it is very difficult getting rid of it. This was proved by the
+hamadryad, who, being exceedingly fond of mischief, threw another
+handful of acorns before the twenty-two newly-restored people; whereupon
+down they wallowed in a moment, and gobbled them up in a very shameful
+way. Then, recollecting themselves, they scrambled to their feet, and
+looked more than commonly foolish.
+
+"Thanks, noble Ulysses!" they cried. "From brute beasts you have
+restored us to the condition of men again."
+
+"Do not put yourselves to the trouble of thanking me," said the wise
+king. "I fear I have done but little for you."
+
+To say the truth, there was a suspicious kind of a grunt in their
+voices, and, for a long time afterwards, they spoke gruffly, and were
+apt to set up a squeal.
+
+"It must depend on your own future behavior," added Ulysses, "whether
+you do not find your way back to the sty."
+
+At this moment, the note of a bird sounded from the branch of a
+neighboring tree.
+
+"Peep, peep, pe--wee--e!"
+
+It was the purple bird, who, all this while, had been sitting over their
+heads, watching what was going forward, and hoping that Ulysses would
+remember how he had done his utmost to keep him and his followers out of
+harm's way. Ulysses ordered Circe instantly to make a king of this good
+little fowl, and leave him exactly as she found him. Hardly were the
+words spoken, and before the bird had time to utter another "pe--weep,"
+King Picus leaped down from the bough of a tree, as majestic a sovereign
+as any in the world, dressed in a long purple robe and gorgeous yellow
+stockings, with a splendidly wrought collar about his neck, and a golden
+crown upon his head. He and King Ulysses exchanged with one another
+the courtesies which belong to their elevated rank. But from that time
+forth, King Picus was no longer proud of his crown and his trappings of
+royalty, nor of the fact of his being a king; he felt himself merely the
+upper servant of his people, and that it must be his life-long labor to
+make them better and happier.
+
+As for the lions, tigers, and wolves (though Circe would have restored
+them to their former shapes at his slightest word), Ulysses thought
+it advisable that they should remain as they now were, and thus give
+warning of their cruel dispositions, instead of going about under the
+guise of men, and pretending to human sympathies, while their hearts
+had the blood-thirstiness of wild beasts. So he let them howl as much as
+they liked, but never troubled his head about them. And, when everything
+was settled according to his pleasure, he sent to summon the remainder
+of his comrades, whom he had left at the sea-shore. These being arrived,
+with the prudent Eurylochus at their head, they all made themselves
+comfortable in Circe's enchanted palace, until quite rested and
+refreshed from the toils and hardships of their voyage.
+
+
+
+
+THE POMEGRANATE SEEDS.
+
+Mother Ceres was exceedingly fond of her daughter Proserpina, and seldom
+let her go alone into the fields. But, just at the time when my story
+begins, the good lady was very busy, because she had the care of the
+wheat, and the Indian corn, and the rye and barley and, in short, of the
+crops of every kind, all over the earth; and as the season had thus far
+been uncommonly backward, it was necessary to make the harvest ripen
+more speedily than usual. So she put on her turban, made of poppies (a
+kind of flower which she was always noted for wearing), and got into her
+car drawn by a pair of winged dragons, and was just ready to set off.
+
+"Dear mother," said Proserpina, "I shall be very lonely while you are
+away. May I not run down to the shore, and ask some of the sea nymphs to
+come up out of the waves and play with me?"
+
+"Yes, child," answered Mother Ceres. "The sea nymphs are good creatures,
+and will never lead you into any harm. But you must take care not to
+stray away from them, nor go wandering about the fields by yourself.
+Young girls, without their mothers to take care of them, are very apt to
+get into mischief."
+
+The child promised to be as prudent as if she were a grown-up woman;
+and, by the time the winged dragons had whirled the car out of sight,
+she was already on the shore, calling to the sea nymphs to come and play
+with her. They knew Proserpina's voice, and were not long in showing
+their glistening faces and sea-green hair above the water, at the bottom
+of which was their home. They brought along with them a great many
+beautiful shells; and sitting down on the moist sand, where the surf
+wave broke over them, they busied themselves in making a necklace, which
+they hung round Proserpina's neck. By way of showing her gratitude, the
+child besought them to go with her a little way into the fields, so that
+they might gather abundance of flowers, with which she would make each
+of her kind playmates a wreath.
+
+"O no, dear Proserpina," cried the sea nymphs; "we dare not go with you
+upon the dry land. We are apt to grow faint, unless at every breath we
+can snuff up the salt breeze of the ocean. And don't you see how careful
+we are to let the surf wave break over us every moment or two, so as
+to keep ourselves comfortably moist? If it were not for that, we should
+look like bunches of uprooted seaweed dried in the sun.
+
+"It is a great pity," said Proserpina. "But do you wait for me here, and
+I will run and gather my apron full of flowers, and be back again before
+the surf wave has broken ten times over you. I long to make you some
+wreaths that shall be as lovely as this necklace of many colored
+shells."
+
+"We will wait, then," answered the sea nymphs. "But while you are gone,
+we may as well lie down on a bank of soft sponge under the water. The
+air to-day is a little too dry for our comfort. But we will pop up our
+heads every few minutes to see if you are coming."
+
+The young Proserpina ran quickly to a spot where, only the day before,
+she had seen a great many flowers. These, however, were now a little
+past their bloom; and wishing to give her friends the freshest and
+loveliest blossoms, she strayed farther into the fields, and found some
+that made her scream with delight. Never had she met with such exquisite
+flowers before--violets so large and fragrant--roses with so rich and
+delicate a blush--such superb hyacinths and such aromatic pinks--and
+many others, some of which seemed to be of new shapes and colors. Two or
+three times, moreover, she could not help thinking that a tuft of most
+splendid flowers had suddenly sprouted out of the earth before her very
+eyes, as if on purpose to tempt her a few steps farther. Proserpina's
+apron was soon filled, and brimming over with delightful blossoms. She
+was on the point of turning back in order to rejoin the sea nymphs, and
+sit with them on the moist sands, all twining wreaths together. But,
+a little farther on, what should she behold? It was a large shrub,
+completely covered with the most magnificent flowers in the world.
+
+"The darlings!" cried Proserpina; and then she thought to herself, "I
+was looking at that spot only a moment ago. How strange it is that I did
+not see the flowers!"
+
+The nearer she approached the shrub, the more attractive it looked,
+until she came quite close to it; and then, although its beauty was
+richer than words can tell, she hardly knew whether to like it or not.
+It bore above a hundred flowers of the most brilliant hues, and each
+different from the others, but all having a kind of resemblance among
+themselves, which showed them to be sister blossoms. But there was a
+deep, glossy luster on the leaves of the shrub, and on the petals of the
+flowers, that made Proserpina doubt whether they might not be poisonous.
+To tell you the truth, foolish as it may seem, she was half inclined to
+turn round and run away.
+
+"What a silly child I am!" thought she, taking courage. "It is really
+the most beautiful shrub that ever sprang out of the earth. I will
+pull it up by the roots, and carry it home, and plant it in my mother's
+garden."
+
+Holding up her apron full of flowers with her left hand, Proserpina
+seized the large shrub with the other, and pulled, and pulled, but was
+hardly able to loosen the soil about its roots. What a deep-rooted plant
+it was! Again the girl pulled with all her might, and observed that the
+earth began to stir and crack to some distance around the stem. She gave
+another pull, but relaxed her hold, fancying that there was a rumbling
+sound right beneath her feet. Did the roots extend down into some
+enchanted cavern? Then laughing at herself for so childish a notion, she
+made another effort: up came the shrub, and Proserpina staggered back,
+holding the stem triumphantly in her hand, and gazing at the deep hole
+which its roots had left in the soil.
+
+Much to her astonishment, this hole kept spreading wider and wider, and
+growing deeper and deeper, until it really seemed to have no bottom; and
+all the while, there came a rumbling noise out of its depths, louder and
+louder, and nearer and nearer, and sounding like the tramp of horses'
+hoofs and the rattling of wheels. Too much frightened to run away, she
+stood straining her eyes into this wonderful cavity, and soon saw a team
+of four sable horses, snorting smoke out of their nostrils, and tearing
+their way out of the earth with a splendid golden chariot whirling at
+their heels. They leaped out of the bottomless hole, chariot and all;
+and there they were, tossing their black manes, flourishing their black
+tails, and curvetting with every one of their hoofs off the ground at
+once, close by the spot where Proserpina stood. In the chariot sat the
+figure of a man, richly dressed, with a crown on his head, all flaming
+with diamonds. He was of a noble aspect, and rather handsome, but looked
+sullen and discontented; and he kept rubbing his eyes and shading them
+with his hand, as if he did not live enough in the sunshine to be very
+fond of its light.
+
+As soon as this personage saw the affrighted Proserpina, he beckoned her
+to come a little nearer.
+
+"Do not be afraid," said he, with as cheerful a smile as he knew how
+to put on. "Come! Will you not like to ride a little way with me, in my
+beautiful chariot?"
+
+But Proserpina was so alarmed, that she wished for nothing but to get
+out of his reach. And no wonder. The stranger did not look remarkably
+good-natured, in spite of his smile; and as for his voice, its tones
+were deep and stern, and sounded as much like the rumbling of an
+earthquake underground than anything else. As is always the case with
+children in trouble, Proserpina's first thought was to call for her
+mother.
+
+"Mother, Mother Ceres!" cried she, all in a tremble. "Come quickly and
+save me."
+
+But her voice was too faint for her mother to hear. Indeed, it is most
+probable that Ceres was then a thousand miles off, making the corn
+grow in some far distant country. Nor could it have availed her poor
+daughter, even had she been within hearing; for no sooner did Proserpina
+begin to cry out, than the stranger leaped to the ground, caught the
+child in his arms, and again mounted the chariot, shook the reins, and
+shouted to the four black horses to set off. They immediately broke into
+so swift a gallop, that it seemed rather like flying through the air
+than running along the earth. In a moment, Proserpina lost sight of the
+pleasant vale of Enna, in which she had always dwelt. Another instant,
+and even the summit of Mount Aetna had become so blue in the distance,
+that she could scarcely distinguish it from the smoke that gushed out of
+its crater. But still the poor child screamed, and scattered her apron
+full of flowers along the way, and left a long cry trailing behind the
+chariot; and many mothers, to whose ears it came, ran quickly to see if
+any mischief had befallen their children. But Mother Ceres was a great
+way off, and could not hear the cry.
+
+As they rode on, the stranger did his best to soothe her.
+
+"Why should you be so frightened, my pretty child?" said he, trying to
+soften his rough voice. "I promise not to do you any harm. What! you
+have been gathering flowers? Wait till we come to my palace, and I
+will give you a garden full of prettier flowers than those, all made of
+pearls, and diamonds, and rubies. Can you guess who I am? They call my
+name Pluto; and I am the king of diamonds and all other precious stones.
+Every atom of the gold and silver that lies under the earth belongs to
+me, to say nothing of the copper and iron, and of the coal mines, which
+supply me with abundance of fuel. Do you see this splendid crown upon my
+head? You may have it for a plaything. O, we shall be very good friends,
+and you will find me more agreeable than you expect, when once we get
+out of this troublesome sunshine."
+
+"Let me go home!" cried Proserpina. "Let me go home!"
+
+"My home is better than your mother's," answered King Pluto. "It is a
+palace, all made of gold, with crystal windows; and because there is
+little or no sunshine thereabouts, the apartments are illuminated with
+diamond lamps. You never saw anything half so magnificent as my throne.
+If you like, you may sit down on it, and be my little queen, and I will
+sit on the footstool."
+
+"I don't care for golden palaces and thrones," sobbed Proserpina. "Oh,
+my mother, my mother! Carry me back to my mother!"
+
+But King Pluto, as he called himself, only shouted to his steeds to go
+faster.
+
+"Pray do not be foolish, Proserpina," said he, in rather a sullen tone.
+"I offer you my palace and my crown, and all the riches that are under
+the earth; and you treat me as if I were doing you an injury. The one
+thing which my palace needs is a merry little maid, to run upstairs and
+down, and cheer up the rooms with her smile. And this is what you must
+do for King Pluto."
+
+"Never!" answered Proserpina, looking as miserable as she could. "I
+shall never smile again till you set me down at my mother's door."
+
+But she might just as well have talked to the wind that whistled
+past them, for Pluto urged on his horses, and went faster than ever.
+Proserpina continued to cry out, and screamed so long and so loudly that
+her poor little voice was almost screamed away; and when it was nothing
+but a whisper, she happened to cast her eyes over a great broad field
+of waving grain--and whom do you think she saw? Who, but Mother Ceres,
+making the corn grow, and too busy to notice the golden chariot as it
+went rattling along. The child mustered all her strength, and gave one
+more scream, but was out of sight before Ceres had time to turn her
+head.
+
+King Pluto had taken a road which now began to grow excessively gloomy.
+It was bordered on each side with rocks and precipices, between which
+the rumbling of the chariot wheels was reverberated with a noise like
+rolling thunder. The trees and bushes that grew in the crevices of the
+rocks had very dismal foliage; and by and by, although it was hardly
+noon, the air became obscured with a gray twilight. The black horses had
+rushed along so swiftly, that they were already beyond the limits of the
+sunshine. But the duskier it grew, the more did Pluto's visage assume
+an air of satisfaction. After all, he was not an ill-looking person,
+especially when he left off twisting his features into a smile that did
+not belong to them. Proserpina peeped at his face through the gathering
+dusk, and hoped that he might not be so very wicked as she at first
+thought him.
+
+"Ah, this twilight is truly refreshing," said King Pluto, "after being
+so tormented with that ugly and impertinent glare of the sun. How
+much more agreeable is lamplight or torchlight, more particularly when
+reflected from diamonds! It will be a magnificent sight, when we get to
+my palace."
+
+"Is it much farther?" asked Proserpina. "And will you carry me back when
+I have seen it?"
+
+"We will talk of that by and by," answered Pluto. "We are just entering
+my dominions. Do you see that tall gateway before us? When we pass
+those gates, we are at home. And there lies my faithful mastiff at the
+threshold. Cerberus! Cerberus! Come hither, my good dog!"
+
+So saying, Pluto pulled at the reins, and stopped the chariot right
+between the tall, massive pillars of the gateway. The mastiff of which
+he had spoken got up from the threshold, and stood on his hinder legs,
+so as to put his fore paws on the chariot wheel. But, my stars, what a
+strange dog it was! Why, he was a big, rough, ugly-looking monster, with
+three separate heads, and each of them fiercer than the two others; but
+fierce as they were, King Pluto patted them all. He seemed as fond of
+his three-headed dog as if it had been a sweet little spaniel, with
+silken ears and curly hair. Cerberus, on the other hand, was evidently
+rejoiced to see his master, and expressed his attachment, as other dogs
+do, by wagging his tail at a great rate. Proserpina's eyes being drawn
+to it by its brisk motion, she saw that this tail was neither more nor
+less than a live dragon, with fiery eyes, and fangs that had a very
+poisonous aspect. And while the three-headed Cerberus was fawning so
+lovingly on King Pluto, there was the dragon tail wagging against its
+will, and looking as cross and ill-natured as you can imagine, on its
+own separate account.
+
+"Will the dog bite me?" asked Proserpina, shrinking closer to Pluto.
+"What an ugly creature he is!"
+
+"O, never fear," answered her companion. "He never harms people, unless
+they try to enter my dominions without being sent for, or to get
+away when I wish to keep them here. Down, Cerberus! Now, my pretty
+Proserpina, we will drive on."
+
+On went the chariot, and King Pluto seemed greatly pleased to find
+himself once more in his own kingdom. He drew Proserpina's attention to
+the rich veins of gold that were to be seen among the rocks, and pointed
+to several places where one stroke of a pickaxe would loosen a bushel of
+diamonds. All along the road, indeed, there were sparkling gems, which
+would have been of inestimable value above ground, but which here were
+reckoned of the meaner sort and hardly worth a beggar's stooping for.
+
+Not far from the gateway, they came to a bridge, which seemed to be
+built of iron. Pluto stopped the chariot, and bade Proserpina look at
+the stream which was gliding so lazily beneath it. Never in her life had
+she beheld so torpid, so black, so muddy-looking a stream; its waters
+reflected no images of anything that was on the banks, and it moved as
+sluggishly as if it had quite forgotten which way it ought to flow, and
+had rather stagnate than flow either one way or the other.
+
+"This is the River Lethe," observed King Pluto. "Is it not a very
+pleasant stream?"
+
+"I think it a very dismal one," answered Proserpina.
+
+"It suits my taste, however," answered Pluto, who was apt to be sullen
+when anybody disagreed with him. "At all events, its water has one
+excellent quality; for a single draught of it makes people forget every
+care and sorrow that has hitherto tormented them. Only sip a little of
+it, my dear Proserpina, and you will instantly cease to grieve for your
+mother, and will have nothing in your memory that can prevent your being
+perfectly happy in my palace. I will send for some, in a golden goblet,
+the moment we arrive."
+
+"O, no, no, no!" cried Proserpina, weeping afresh. "I had a thousand
+times rather be miserable with remembering my mother, than be happy in
+forgetting her. That dear, dear mother! I never, never will forget her."
+
+"We shall see," said King Pluto. "You do not know what fine times we
+will have in my palace. Here we are just at the portal. These pillars
+are solid gold, I assure you."
+
+He alighted from the chariot, and taking Proserpina in his arms, carried
+her up a lofty flight of steps into the great hall of the palace. It
+was splendidly illuminated by means of large precious stones, of
+various hues, which seemed to burn like so many lamps, and glowed with a
+hundred-fold radiance all through the vast apartment. And yet there was
+a kind of gloom in the midst of this enchanted light; nor was there a
+single object in the hall that was really agreeable to behold, except
+the little Proserpina herself, a lovely child, with one earthly flower
+which she had not let fall from her hand. It is my opinion that even
+King Pluto had never been happy in his palace, and that this was the
+true reason why he had stolen away Proserpina, in order that he might
+have something to love, instead of cheating his heart any longer with
+this tiresome magnificence. And, though he pretended to dislike the
+sunshine of the upper world, yet the effect of the child's presence,
+bedimmed as she was by her tears, was as if a faint and watery sunbeam
+had somehow or other found its way into the enchanted hall.
+
+Pluto now summoned his domestics, and bade them lose no time in
+preparing a most sumptuous banquet, and above all things, not to fail of
+setting a golden beaker of the water of Lethe by Proserpina's plate.
+
+"I will neither drink that nor anything else," said Proserpina. "Nor
+will I taste a morsel of food, even if you keep me forever in your
+palace."
+
+"I should be sorry for that," replied King Pluto, patting her cheek;
+for he really wished to be kind, if he had only known how. "You are a
+spoiled child, I perceive, my little Proserpina; but when you see the
+nice things which my cook will make for you, your appetite will quickly
+come again."
+
+Then, sending for the head cook, he gave strict orders that all sorts
+of delicacies, such as young people are usually fond of, should be
+set before Proserpina. He had a secret motive in this; for, you are to
+understand, it is a fixed law, that when persons are carried off to the
+land of magic, if they once taste any food there, they can never get
+back to their friends. Now, if King Pluto had been cunning enough to
+offer Proserpina some fruit, or bread and milk (which was the simple
+fare to which the child had always been accustomed), it is very probable
+that she would soon have been tempted to eat it. But he left the matter
+entirely to his cook, who, like all other cooks, considered nothing fit
+to eat unless it were rich pastry, or highly-seasoned meat, or spiced
+sweet cakes--things which Proserpina's mother had never given her, and
+the smell of which quite took away her appetite, instead of sharpening
+it.
+
+But my story must now clamber out of King Pluto's dominions, and see
+what Mother Ceres had been about, since she was bereft of her daughter.
+We had a glimpse of her, as you remember, half hidden among the waving
+grain, while the four black steeds were swiftly whirling along the
+chariot, in which her beloved Proserpina was so unwillingly borne away.
+You recollect, too, the loud scream which Proserpina gave, just when the
+chariot was out of sight.
+
+Of all the child's outcries, this last shriek was the only one that
+reached the ears of Mother Ceres. She had mistaken the rumbling of the
+chariot wheels for a peal of thunder, and imagined that a shower was
+coming up, and that it would assist her in making the corn grow. But, at
+the sound of Proserpina's shriek, she started, and looked about in every
+direction, not knowing whence it came, but feeling almost certain that
+it was her daughter's voice. It seemed so unaccountable, however, that
+the girl should have strayed over so many lands and seas (which she
+herself could not have traversed without the aid of her winged dragons),
+that the good Ceres tried to believe that it must be the child of some
+other parent, and not her own darling Proserpina, who had uttered this
+lamentable cry. Nevertheless, it troubled her with a vast many tender
+fears, such as are ready to bestir themselves in every mother's heart,
+when she finds it necessary to go away from her dear children without
+leaving them under the care of some maiden aunt, or other such faithful
+guardian. So she quickly left the field in which she had been so busy;
+and, as her work was not half done, the grain looked, next day, as if it
+needed both sun and rain, and as if it were blighted in the ear, and had
+something the matter with its roots.
+
+The pair of dragons must have had very nimble wings; for, in less than
+an hour, Mother Ceres had alighted at the door of her home, and found
+it empty. Knowing, however, that the child was fond of sporting on the
+sea-shore, she hastened thither as fast as she could, and there beheld
+the wet faces of the poor sea nymphs peeping over a wave. All this
+while, the good creatures had been waiting on the bank of sponge, and
+once, every half minute or so, had popped up their four heads above
+water, to see if their playmate were yet coming back. When they saw
+Mother Ceres, they sat down on the crest of the surf wave, and let it
+toss them ashore at her feet.
+
+"Where is Proserpina?" cried Ceres. "Where is my child? Tell me, you
+naughty sea nymphs, have you enticed her under the sea?"
+
+"O, no, good Mother Ceres," said the innocent sea nymphs, tossing back
+their green ringlets, and looking her in the face. "We never should
+dream of such a thing. Proserpina has been at play with us, it is true;
+but she left us a long while ago, meaning only to run a little way upon
+the dry land, and gather some flowers for a wreath. This was early in
+the day, and we have seen nothing of her since."
+
+Ceres scarcely waited to hear what the nymphs had to say, before she
+hurried off to make inquiries all through the neighborhood. But nobody
+told her anything that would enable the poor mother to guess what had
+become of Proserpina. A fisherman, it is true, had noticed her little
+footprints in the sand, as he went homeward along the beach with a
+basket of fish; a rustic had seen the child stooping to gather flowers;
+several persons had heard either the rattling of chariot wheels, or the
+rumbling of distant thunder; and one old woman, while plucking vervain
+and catnip, had heard a scream, but supposed it to be some childish
+nonsense, and therefore did not take the trouble to look up. The stupid
+people! It took them such a tedious while to tell the nothing that they
+knew, that it was dark night before Mother Ceres found out that she
+must seek her daughter elsewhere. So she lighted a torch, and set forth,
+resolving never to come back until Proserpina was discovered.
+
+In her haste and trouble of mind, she quite forgot her car and the
+winged dragons; or, it may be, she thought that she could follow up the
+search more thoroughly on foot. At all events, this was the way in
+which she began her sorrowful journey, holding her torch before her, and
+looking carefully at every object along the path. And as it happened,
+she had not gone far before she found one of the magnificent flowers
+which grew on the shrub that Proserpina had pulled up.
+
+"Ha!" thought Mother Ceres, examining it by torchlight. "Here is
+mischief in this flower! The earth did not produce it by any help of
+mine, nor of its own accord. It is the work of enchantment, and is
+therefore poisonous; and perhaps it has poisoned my poor child."
+
+But she put the poisonous flower in her bosom, not knowing whether she
+might ever find any other memorial of Proserpina.
+
+All night long, at the door of every cottage and farm-house, Ceres
+knocked, and called up the weary laborers to inquire if they had seen
+her child; and they stood, gaping and half-asleep, at the threshold,
+and answered her pityingly, and besought her to come in and rest. At the
+portal of every palace, too, she made so loud a summons that the menials
+hurried to throw open the gate, thinking that it must be some great king
+or queen, who would demand a banquet for supper and a stately chamber to
+repose in. And when they saw only a sad and anxious woman, with a torch
+in her hand and a wreath of withered poppies on her head, they spoke
+rudely, and sometimes threatened to set the dogs upon her. But nobody
+had seen Proserpina, nor could give Mother Ceres the least hint which
+way to seek her. Thus passed the night; and still she continued her
+search without sitting down to rest, or stopping to take food, or even
+remembering to put out the torch although first the rosy dawn, and then
+the glad light of the morning sun, made its red flame look thin and
+pale. But I wonder what sort of stuff this torch was made of; for it
+burned dimly through the day, and, at night, was as bright as ever, and
+never was extinguished by the rain or wind, in all the weary days and
+nights while Ceres was seeking for Proserpina.
+
+It was not merely of human beings that she asked tidings of her
+daughter. In the woods and by the streams, she met creatures of another
+nature, who used, in those old times, to haunt the pleasant and solitary
+places, and were very sociable with persons who understood their
+language and customs, as Mother Ceres did. Sometimes, for instance, she
+tapped with her finger against the knotted trunk of a majestic oak; and
+immediately its rude bark would cleave asunder, and forth would step a
+beautiful maiden, who was the hamadryad of the oak, dwelling inside
+of it, and sharing its long life, and rejoicing when its green leaves
+sported with the breeze. But not one of these leafy damsels had seen
+Proserpina. Then, going a little farther, Ceres would, perhaps, come
+to a fountain, gushing out of a pebbly hollow in the earth, and would
+dabble with her hand in the water. Behold, up through its sandy and
+pebbly bed, along with the fountain's gush, a young woman with dripping
+hair would arise, and stand gazing at Mother Ceres, half out of the
+water, and undulating up and down with its ever-restless motion. But
+when the mother asked whether her poor lost child had stopped to
+drink out of the fountain, the naiad, with weeping eyes (for these
+water-nymphs had tears to spare for everybody's grief), would answer
+"No!" in a murmuring voice, which was just like the murmur of the
+stream.
+
+Often, likewise, she encountered fauns, who looked like sunburnt country
+people, except that they had hairy ears, and little horns upon their
+foreheads, and the hinder legs of goats, on which they gamboled merrily
+about the woods and fields. They were a frolicsome kind of creature
+but grew as sad as their cheerful dispositions would allow, when Ceres
+inquired for her daughter, and they had no good news to tell. But
+sometimes she same suddenly upon a rude gang of satyrs, who had faces
+like monkeys, and horses' tails behind them, and who were generally
+dancing in a very boisterous manner, with shouts of noisy laughter. When
+she stopped to question them, they would only laugh the louder, and make
+new merriment out of the lone woman's distress. How unkind of those ugly
+satyrs! And once, while crossing a solitary sheep pasture, she saw a
+personage named Pan, seated at the foot of a tall rock, and making music
+on a shepherd's flute. He, too, had horns, and hairy ears, and goats'
+feet; but, being acquainted with Mother Ceres, he answered her question
+as civilly as he knew how, and invited her to taste some milk and honey
+out of a wooden bowl. But neither could Pan tell her what had become of
+Proserpina, any better than the rest of these wild people.
+
+And thus Mother Ceres went wandering about for nine long days and
+nights, finding no trace of Proserpina, unless it were now and then a
+withered flower; and these she picked up and put in her bosom, because
+she fancied that they might have fallen from her poor child's hand. All
+day she traveled onward through the hot sun; and, at night again, the
+flame of the torch would redden and gleam along the pathway, and she
+continued her search by its light, without ever sitting down to rest.
+
+On the tenth day, she chanced to espy the mouth of a cavern within which
+(though it was bright noon everywhere else) there would have been only
+a dusky twilight; but it so happened that a torch was burning there. It
+flickered, and struggled with the duskiness, but could not half light up
+the gloomy cavern with all its melancholy glimmer. Ceres was resolved to
+leave no spot without a search; so she peeped into the entrance of the
+cave, and lighted it up a little more, by holding her own torch before
+her. In so doing, she caught a glimpse of what seemed to be a woman,
+sitting on the brown leaves of the last autumn, a great heap of which
+had been swept into the cave by the wind. This woman (if woman it were)
+was by no means so beautiful as many of her sex; for her head, they tell
+me, was shaped very much like a dog's, and, by way of ornament, she wore
+a wreath of snakes around it. But Mother Ceres, the moment she saw her,
+knew that this was an odd kind of a person, who put all her enjoyment
+in being miserable, and never would have a word to say to other people,
+unless they were as melancholy and wretched as she herself delighted to
+be.
+
+"I am wretched enough now," thought poor Ceres, "to talk with this
+melancholy Hecate, were she ten times sadder than ever she was yet." So
+she stepped into the cave, and sat down on the withered leaves by the
+dog-headed woman's side. In all the world, since her daughter's loss,
+she had found no other companion.
+
+"O Hecate," said she, "if ever you lose a daughter, you will know
+what sorrow is. Tell me, for pity's sake, have you seen my poor child
+Proserpina pass by the mouth of your cavern?"
+
+"No," answered Hecate, in a cracked voice, and sighing betwixt every
+word or two; "no, Mother Ceres, I have seen nothing of your daughter.
+But my ears, you must know, are made in such a way, that all cries of
+distress and affright all over the world are pretty sure to find their
+way to them; and nine days ago, as I sat in my cave, making myself very
+miserable, I heard the voice of a young girl, shrieking as if in great
+distress. Something terrible has happened to the child, you may rest
+assured. As well as I could judge, a dragon, or some other cruel
+monster, was carrying her away."
+
+"You kill me by saying so," cried Ceres, almost ready to faint. "Where
+was the sound, and which way did it seem to go?"
+
+"It passed very swiftly along," said Hecate, "and, at the same time,
+there was a heavy rumbling of wheels towards the eastward. I can tell
+you nothing more, except that, in my honest opinion, you will never see
+your daughter again. The best advice I can give you is, to take up your
+abode in this cavern, where we will be the two most wretched women in
+the world."
+
+"Not yet, dark Hecate," replied Ceres. "But do you first come with your
+torch, and help me to seek for my lost child. And when there shall be no
+more hope of finding her (if that black day is ordained to come), then,
+if you will give me room to fling myself down, either on these withered
+leaves or on the naked rock, I will show what it is to be miserable.
+But, until I know that she has perished from the face of the earth, I
+will not allow myself space even to grieve."
+
+The dismal Hecate did not much like the idea of going abroad into the
+sunny world. But then she reflected that the sorrow of the disconsolate
+Ceres would be like a gloomy twilight round about them both, let the
+sun shine ever so brightly, and that therefore she might enjoy her bad
+spirits quite as well as if she were to stay in the cave. So she finally
+consented to go, and they set out together, both carrying torches,
+although it was broad daylight and clear sunshine. The torchlight seemed
+to make a gloom; so that the people whom they met, along the road, could
+not very distinctly see their figures; and, indeed, if they once caught
+a glimpse of Hecate, with the wreath of snakes round her forehead, they
+generally thought it prudent to run away, without waiting for a second
+glance.
+
+As the pair traveled along in this woe-begone manner, a thought struck
+Ceres.
+
+"There is one person," she exclaimed, "who must have seen my poor child,
+and can doubtless tell what has become of her. Why did not I think of
+him before? It is Phoebus."
+
+"What," said Hecate, "the young man that always sits in the sunshine? O,
+pray do not think of going near him. He is a gay, light, frivolous young
+fellow, and will only smile in your face. And besides, there is such a
+glare of the sun about him, that he will quite blind my poor eyes, which
+I have almost wept away already."
+
+"You have promised to be my companion," answered Ceres. "Come, let us
+make haste, or the sunshine will be gone, and Phoebus along with it."
+
+Accordingly, they went along in quest of Phoebus, both of them sighing
+grievously, and Hecate, to say the truth, making a great deal worse
+lamentation than Ceres; for all the pleasure she had, you know, lay in
+being miserable, and therefore she made the most of it. By and by, after
+a pretty long journey, they arrived at the sunniest spot in the whole
+world. There they beheld a beautiful young man, with long, curling
+ringlets, which seemed to be made of golden sunbeams; his garments
+were like light summer clouds; and the expression of his face was so
+exceedingly vivid, that Hecate held her hands before her eyes, muttering
+that he ought to wear a black veil. Phoebus (for this was the very
+person whom they were seeking) had a lyre in his hands, and was making
+its chords tremble with sweet music; at the same time singing a most
+exquisite song, which he had recently composed. For, beside a great many
+other accomplishments, this young man was renowned for his admirable
+poetry.
+
+As Ceres and her dismal companion approached him, Phoebus smiled on them
+so cheerfully that Hecate's wreath of snakes gave a spiteful hiss, and
+Hecate heartily wished herself back in her cave. But as for Ceres, she
+was too earnest in her grief either to know or care whether Phoebus
+smiled or frowned.
+
+"Phoebus!" exclaimed she, "I am in great trouble, and have come to
+you for assistance. Can you tell me what has become of my dear child
+Proserpina?"
+
+"Proserpina! Proserpina, did you call her name?" answered Phoebus,
+endeavoring to recollect; for there was such a continual flow of
+pleasant ideas in his mind, that he was apt to forget what had happened
+no longer ago than yesterday. "Ah, yes, I remember her now. A very
+lovely child, indeed. I am happy to tell you, my dear madam, that I
+did see the little Proserpina not many days ago. You may make yourself
+perfectly easy about her. She is safe, and in excellent hands."
+
+"O, where is my dear child?" cried Ceres, clasping her hands, and
+flinging herself at his feet.
+
+"Why," said Phoebus--and as he spoke he kept touching his lyre so as to
+make a thread of music run in and out among his words--"as the little
+damsel was gathering flowers (and she has really a very exquisite taste
+for flowers), she was suddenly snatched up by King Pluto, and carried
+off to his dominions. I have never been in that part of the universe;
+but the royal palace, I am told, is built in a very noble style of
+architecture, and of the most splendid and costly materials. Gold,
+diamonds, pearls, and all manner of precious stones will be your
+daughter's ordinary playthings. I recommend to you, my dear lady, to
+give yourself no uneasiness. Proserpina's sense of beauty will be duly
+gratified, and even in spite of the lack of sunshine, she will lead a
+very enviable life."
+
+"Hush! Say not such a word!" answered Ceres, indignantly. "What is there
+to gratify her heart? What are all the splendors you speak of without
+affection? I must have her back again. Will you go with me you go with
+me, Phoebus, to demand my daughter of this wicked Pluto?"
+
+"Pray excuse me," replied Phoebus, with an elegant obeisance. "I
+certainly wish you success, and regret that my own affairs are so
+immediately pressing that I cannot have the pleasure of attending you.
+Besides, I am not upon the best of terms with King Pluto. To tell you
+the truth, his three-headed mastiff would never let me pass the gateway;
+for I should be compelled to take a sheaf of sunbeams along with me, and
+those, you know, are forbidden things in Pluto's kingdom."
+
+"Ah, Phoebus," said Ceres, with bitter meaning in her words, "you have a
+harp instead of a heart. Farewell."
+
+"Will not you stay a moment," asked Phoebus, "and hear me turn the
+pretty and touching story of Proserpina into extemporary verses?"
+
+But Ceres shook her head, and hastened away, along with Hecate. Phoebus
+(who, as I have told you, was an exquisite poet) forthwith began to make
+an ode about the poor mother's grief; and, if we were to judge of his
+sensibility by this beautiful production, he must have been endowed with
+a very tender heart. But when a poet gets into the habit of using his
+heartstrings to make chords for his lyre, he may thrum upon them as
+much as he will, without any great pain to himself. Accordingly, though
+Phoebus sang a very sad song, he was as merry all the while as were the
+sunbeams amid which he dwelt.
+
+Poor Mother Ceres had now found out what had become of her daughter, but
+was not a whit happier than before. Her case, on the contrary, looked
+more desperate than ever. As long as Proserpina was above ground, there
+might have been hopes of regaining her. But now that the poor child was
+shut up within the iron gates of the king of the mines, at the threshold
+of which lay the three-headed Cerberus, there seemed no possibility of
+her ever making her escape. The dismal Hecate, who loved to take the
+darkest view of things, told Ceres that she had better come with her
+to the cavern, and spend the rest of her life in being miserable. Ceres
+answered, that Hecate was welcome to go back thither herself, but that,
+for her part, she would wander about the earth in quest of the entrance
+to King Pluto's dominions. And Hecate took her at her word, and hurried
+back to her beloved cave, frightening a great many little children with
+a glimpse of her dog's face as she went.
+
+Poor Mother Ceres! It is melancholy to think of her, pursuing her
+toilsome way, all alone, and holding up that never-dying torch, the
+flame of which seemed an emblem of the grief and hope that burned
+together in her heart.
+
+So much did she suffer, that, though her aspect had been quite youthful
+when her troubles began, she grew to look like an elderly person in a
+very brief time. She cared not how she was dressed, nor had she ever
+thought of flinging away the wreath of withered poppies, which she put
+on the very morning of Proserpina's disappearance. She roamed about in
+so wild a way, and with her hair so disheveled, that people took her for
+some distracted creature, and never dreamed that this was Mother Ceres,
+who had the oversight of every seed which the husbandman planted.
+Nowadays, however, she gave herself no trouble about seed time nor
+harvest, but left the farmers to take care of their own affairs, and the
+crops to fade or flourish, as the case might be. There was nothing, now,
+in which Ceres seemed to feel an interest, unless when she saw children
+at play, or gathering flowers along the wayside. Then, indeed, she
+would stand and gaze at them with tears in her eyes. The children, too,
+appeared to have a sympathy with her grief, and would cluster themselves
+in a little group about her knees, and look up wistfully in her face;
+and Ceres, after giving them a kiss all round, would lead them to their
+homes, and advise their mothers never to let them stray out of sight.
+
+"For if they do," said she, "it may happen to you, as it has to me, that
+the iron-hearted King Pluto will take a liking to your darlings, and
+snatch them up in his chariot, and carry them away."
+
+One day, during her pilgrimage in quest of the entrance to Pluto's
+kingdom, she came to the palace of King Cereus, who reigned at Eleusis.
+Ascending a lofty flight of steps, she entered the portal, and found the
+royal household in very great alarm about the queen's baby. The infant,
+it seems, was sickly (being troubled with its teeth, I suppose),
+and would take no food, and was all the time moaning with pain. The
+queen--her name was Metanira--was desirous of funding a nurse; and when
+she beheld a woman of matronly aspect coming up the palace steps, she
+thought, in her own mind, that here was the very person whom she needed.
+So Queen Metanira ran to the door, with the poor wailing baby in her
+arms, and besought Ceres to take charge of it, or, at least, to tell her
+what would do it good.
+
+"Will you trust the child entirely to me?" asked Ceres.
+
+"Yes, and gladly, too," answered the queen, "if you will devote all your
+time to him. For I can see that you have been a mother."
+
+"You are right," said Ceres. "I once had a child of my own. Well; I will
+be the nurse of this poor, sickly boy. But beware, I warn you, that you
+do not interfere with any kind of treatment which I may judge proper for
+him. If you do so, the poor infant must suffer for his mother's folly."
+
+Then she kissed the child, and it seemed to do him good; for he smiled
+and nestled closely into her bosom.
+
+So Mother Ceres set her torch in a corner (where it kept burning all the
+while), and took up her abode in the palace of King Cereus, as nurse
+to the little Prince Demophoon. She treated him as if he were her own
+child, and allowed neither the king nor the queen to say whether he
+should be bathed in warm or cold water, or what he should eat, or how
+often he should take the air, or when he should be put to bed. You would
+hardly believe me, if I were to tell how quickly the baby prince got rid
+of his ailments, and grew fat, and rosy, and strong, and how he had two
+rows of ivory teeth in less time than any other little fellow, before
+or since. Instead of the palest, and wretchedest, and puniest imp in the
+world (as his own mother confessed him to be, when Ceres first took him
+in charge), he was now a strapping baby, crowing, laughing, kicking up
+his heels, and rolling from one end of the room to the other. All the
+good women of the neighborhood crowded to the palace, and held up their
+hands, in unutterable amazement, at the beauty and wholesomeness of
+this darling little prince. Their wonder was the greater, because he was
+never seen to taste any food; not even so much as a cup of milk.
+
+"Pray, nurse," the queen kept saying, "how is it that you make the child
+thrive so?"
+
+"I was a mother once," Ceres always replied; "and having nursed my own
+child, I know what other children need."
+
+But Queen Metanira, as was very natural, had a great curiosity to know
+precisely what the nurse did to her child. One night, therefore, she hid
+herself in the chamber where Ceres and the little prince were accustomed
+to sleep. There was a fire in the chimney, and it had now crumbled into
+great coals and embers, which lay glowing on the hearth, with a blaze
+flickering up now and then, and flinging a warm and ruddy light upon the
+walls. Ceres sat before the hearth with the child in her lap, and
+the firelight making her shadow dance upon the ceiling overhead. She
+undressed the little prince, and bathed him all over with some fragrant
+liquid out of a vase. The next thing she did was to rake back the red
+embers, and make a hollow place among them, just where the backlog had
+been. At last, while the baby was crowing, and clapping its fat little
+hands, and laughing in the nurse's face (just as you may have seen your
+little brother or sister do before going into its warm bath), Ceres
+suddenly laid him, all naked as he was, in the hollow among the red-hot
+embers. She then raked the ashes over him, and turned quietly away.
+
+You may imagine, if you can, how Queen Metanira shrieked, thinking
+nothing less than that her dear child would be burned to a cinder. She
+burst forth from her hiding-place, and running to the hearth, raked open
+the fire, and snatched up poor little Prince Demophoon out of his bed
+of live coals, one of which he was gripping in each of his fists. He
+immediately set up a grievous cry, as babies are apt to do, when rudely
+startled out of a sound sleep. To the queen's astonishment and joy, she
+could perceive no token of the child's being injured by the hot fire
+in which he had lain. She now turned to Mother Ceres, and asked her to
+explain the mystery.
+
+"Foolish woman," answered Ceres, "did you not promise to intrust this
+poor infant entirely to me? You little know the mischief you have done
+him. Had you left him to my care, he would have grown up like a child of
+celestial birth, endowed with superhuman strength and intelligence, and
+would have lived forever. Do you imagine that earthly children are to
+become immortal without being tempered to it in the fiercest heat of the
+fire? But you have ruined your own son. For though he will be a strong
+man and a hero in his day, yet, on account of your folly, he will grow
+old, and finally die, like the sons of other women. The weak tenderness
+of his mother has cost the poor boy an immortality. Farewell."
+
+Saying these words, she kissed the little Prince Demophoon, and sighed
+to think what he had lost, and took her departure without heeding Queen
+Metanira, who entreated her to remain, and cover up the child among the
+hot embers as often as she pleased. Poor baby! He never slept so warmly
+again.
+
+While she dwelt in the king's palace, Mother Ceres had been so
+continually occupied with taking care of the young prince, that her
+heart was a little lightened of its grief for Proserpina. But now,
+having nothing else to busy herself about, she became just as wretched
+as before. At length, in her despair, she came to the dreadful
+resolution that not a stalk of grain, nor a blade of grass, not a
+potato, nor a turnip, nor any other vegetable that was good for man
+or beast to eat, should be suffered to grow until her daughter were
+restored. She even forbade the flowers to bloom, lest somebody's heart
+should be cheered by their beauty.
+
+Now, as not so much as a head of asparagus ever presumed to poke itself
+out of the ground, without the especial permission of Ceres, you may
+conceive what a terrible calamity had here fallen upon the earth. The
+husbandmen plowed and planted as usual; but there lay the rich black
+furrows, all as barren as a desert of sand. The pastures looked as brown
+in the sweet month of June as ever they did in chill November. The rich
+man's broad acres and the cottager's small garden patch were equally
+blighted. Every little girl's flower bed showed nothing but dry stalks.
+The old people shook their white heads, and said that the earth had
+grown aged like themselves, and was no longer capable of wearing the
+warm smile of summer on its face. It was really piteous to see the poor,
+starving cattle and sheep, how they followed behind Ceres, lowing and
+bleating, as if their instinct taught them to expect help from her; and
+everybody that was acquainted with her power besought her to have mercy
+on the human race, and, at all events, to let the grass grow. But
+Mother Ceres, though naturally of an affectionate disposition, was now
+inexorable.
+
+"Never," said she. "If the earth is ever again to see any verdure, it
+must first grow along the path which my daughter will tread in coming
+back to me."
+
+Finally, as there seemed to be no other remedy, our old friend
+Quicksilver was sent post-haste to King Pluto, in hopes that he might be
+persuaded to undo the mischief he had done, and to set everything right
+again, by giving up Proserpina. Quicksilver accordingly made the best
+of his way to the great gate, took a flying leap right over the
+three-headed mastiff, and stood at the door of the palace in an
+inconceivably short time. The servants knew him both by his face and
+garb; for his short cloak, and his winged cap and shoes, and his snaky
+staff had often been seen thereabouts in times gone by. He requested to
+be shown immediately into the king's presence; and Pluto, who heard his
+voice from the top of the stairs, and who loved to recreate himself with
+Quicksilver's merry talk, called out to him to come up. And while they
+settle their business together, we must inquire what Proserpina had been
+doing ever since we saw her last.
+
+The child had declared, as you may remember, that she would not taste
+a mouthful of food as long as she should be compelled to remain in King
+Pluto's palace. How she contrived to maintain her resolution, and at the
+same time to keep herself tolerably plump and rosy, is more than I can
+explain; but some young ladies, I am given to understand, possess the
+faculty of living on air, and Proserpina seems to have possessed it too.
+At any rate, it was now six months since she left the outside of the
+earth; and not a morsel, so far as the attendants were able to testify,
+had yet passed between her teeth. This was the more creditable to
+Proserpina, inasmuch as King Pluto had caused her to be tempted day by
+day, with all manner of sweetmeats, and richly-preserved fruits, and
+delicacies of every sort, such as young people are generally most fond
+of. But her good mother had often told her of the hurtfulness of these
+things; and for that reason alone, if there had been no other, she would
+have resolutely refused to taste them.
+
+All this time, being of a cheerful and active disposition, the little
+damsel was not quite so unhappy as you may have supposed. The immense
+palace had a thousand rooms, and was full of beautiful and wonderful
+objects. There was a never-ceasing gloom, it is true, which half hid
+itself among the innumerable pillars, gliding before the child as she
+wandered among them, and treading stealthily behind her in the echo of
+her footsteps. Neither was all the dazzle of the precious stones, which
+flamed with their own light, worth one gleam of natural sunshine; nor
+could the most brilliant of the many-colored gems, which Proserpina had
+for playthings, vie with the simple beauty of the flowers she used to
+gather. But still, whenever the girl went among those gilded halls and
+chambers, it seemed as if she carried nature and sunshine along with
+her, and as if she scattered dewy blossoms on her right hand and on her
+left. After Proserpina came, the palace was no longer the same abode of
+stately artifice and dismal magnificence that it had before been. The
+inhabitants all felt this, and King Pluto more than any of them.
+
+"My own little Proserpina," he used to say. "I wish you could like me a
+little better. We gloomy and cloudy-natured persons have often as warm
+hearts, at bottom, as those of a more cheerful character. If you would
+only stay with me of your own accord, it would make me happier than the
+possession of a hundred such palaces as this."
+
+"Ah," said Proserpina, "you should have tried to make me like you before
+carrying me off. And the best thing you can now do is, to let me go
+again. Then I might remember you sometimes, and think that you were as
+kind as you knew how to be. Perhaps, too, one day or other, I might come
+back, and pay you a visit."
+
+"No, no," answered Pluto, with his gloomy smile, "I will not trust
+you for that. You are too fond of living in the broad daylight, and
+gathering flowers. What an idle and childish taste that is! Are not
+these gems, which I have ordered to be dug for you, and which are richer
+than any in my crown--are they not prettier than a violet?"
+
+"Not half so pretty," said Proserpina, snatching the gems from Pluto's
+hand, and flinging them to the other end of the hall. "O my sweet
+violets, shall I never see you again?"
+
+And then she burst into tears. But young people's tears have very little
+saltness or acidity in them, and do not inflame the eyes so much as
+those of grown persons; so that it is not to be wondered at, if, a few
+moments afterwards, Proserpina was sporting through the hall almost as
+merrily as she and the four sea nymphs had sported along the edge of the
+surf wave. King Pluto gazed after her, and wished that he, too, was a
+child. And little Proserpina, when she turned about, and beheld this
+great king standing in his splendid hall, and looking so grand, and so
+melancholy, and so lonesome, was smitten with a kind of pity. She ran
+back to him, and, for the first time in all her life, put her small,
+soft hand in his.
+
+"I love you a little," whispered she, looking up in his face.
+
+"Do you, indeed, my dear child?" cried Pluto, bending his dark face down
+to kiss her; but Proserpina shrank away from the kiss, for, though his
+features were noble, they were very dusky and grim. "Well, I have not
+deserved it of you, after keeping you a prisoner for so many months,
+and starving you besides. Are you not terribly hungry? Is there nothing
+which I can get you to eat?"
+
+In asking this question, the king of the mines had a very cunning
+purpose; for, you will recollect, if Proserpina tasted a morsel of food
+in his dominions, she would never afterwards be at liberty to quit them.
+
+"No indeed," said Proserpina. "Your head cook is always baking, and
+stewing, and roasting, and rolling out paste, and contriving one dish
+or another, which he imagines may be to my liking. But he might just as
+well save himself the trouble, poor, fat little man that he is. I have
+no appetite for anything in the world, unless it were a slice of bread,
+of my mother's own baking, or a little fruit out of her garden."
+
+When Pluto heard this, he began to see that he had mistaken the best
+method of tempting Proserpina to eat. The cook's made dishes and
+artificial dainties were not half so delicious, in the good child's
+opinion, as the simple fare to which Mother Ceres had accustomed her.
+Wondering that he had never thought of it before, the king now sent one
+of his trusty attendants with a large basket, to get some of the finest
+and juiciest pears, peaches, and plums which could anywhere be found in
+the upper world. Unfortunately, however, this was during the time when
+Ceres had forbidden any fruits or vegetables to grow; and, after
+seeking all over the earth, King Pluto's servant found only a
+single pomegranate, and that so dried up as not to be worth eating.
+Nevertheless, since there was no better to be had, he brought this dry,
+old withered pomegranate home to the palace, put it on a magnificent
+golden salver, and carried it up to Proserpina. Now, it happened,
+curiously enough, that, just as the servant was bringing the pomegranate
+into the back door of the palace, our friend Quicksilver had gone up the
+front steps, on his errand to get Proserpina away from King Pluto.
+
+As soon as Proserpina saw the pomegranate on the golden salver, she told
+the servant he had better take it away again.
+
+"I shall not touch it, I assure you," said she. "If I were ever so
+hungry, I should never think of eating such a miserable, dry pomegranate
+as that."
+
+"It is the only one in the world," said the servant.
+
+He set down the golden salver, with the wizened pomegranate upon it, and
+left the room. When he was gone, Proserpina could not help coming close
+to the table, and looking at this poor specimen of dried fruit with a
+great deal of eagerness; for, to say the truth, on seeing something
+that suited her taste, she felt all the six months' appetite taking
+possession of her at once. To be sure, it was a very wretched-looking
+pomegranate, and seemed to have no more juice in it than an oyster
+shell. But there was no choice of such things in King Pluto's palace.
+This was the first fruit she had seen there, and the last she was ever
+likely to see; and unless she ate it up immediately, it would grow drier
+than it already was, and be wholly unfit to eat.
+
+"At least, I may smell it," thought Proserpina.
+
+So she took up the pomegranate, and applied it to her nose; and, somehow
+or other, being in such close neighborhood to her mouth, the fruit found
+its way into that little red cave. Dear me! what an everlasting pity!
+Before Proserpina knew what she was about, her teeth had actually bitten
+it, of their own accord. Just as this fatal deed was done, the door of
+the apartment opened, and in came King Pluto, followed by Quicksilver,
+who had been urging him to let his little prisoner go. At the first
+noise of their entrance, Proserpina withdrew the pomegranate from her
+mouth. But Quicksilver (whose eyes were very keen, and his wits the
+sharpest that ever anybody had) perceived that the child was a little
+confused; and seeing the empty salver, he suspected that she had been
+taking a sly nibble of something or other. As for honest Pluto, he never
+guessed at the secret.
+
+"My little Proserpina," said the king, sitting down, and affectionately
+drawing her between his knees, "here is Quicksilver, who tells me that
+a great many misfortunes have befallen innocent people on account of
+my detaining you in my dominions. To confess the truth, I myself had
+already reflected that it was an unjustifiable act to take you away from
+your good mother. But, then, you must consider, my dear child, that this
+vast palace is apt to be gloomy (although the precious stones certainly
+shine very bright), and that I am not of the most cheerful disposition,
+and that therefore it was a natural thing enough to seek for the society
+of some merrier creature than myself. I hoped you would take my crown
+for a plaything, and me--ah, you laugh, naughty Proserpina--me, grim as
+I am, for a playmate. It was a silly expectation."
+
+"Not so extremely silly," whispered Proserpina. "You have really amused
+me very much, sometimes."
+
+"Thank you," said King Pluto, rather dryly. "But I can see plainly
+enough, that you think my palace a dusky prison, and me the iron-hearted
+keeper of it. And an iron heart I should surely have, if I could detain
+you here any longer, my poor child, when it is now six months since you
+tasted food. I give you your liberty. Go with Quicksilver. Hasten home
+to your dear mother."
+
+Now, although you may not have supposed it, Proserpina found it
+impossible to take leave of poor King Pluto without some regrets, and a
+good deal of compunction for not telling him about the pomegranate. She
+even shed a tear or two, thinking how lonely and cheerless the great
+palace would seem to him, with all its ugly glare of artificial light,
+after she herself--his one little ray of natural sunshine, whom he had
+stolen, to be sure, but only because he valued her so much--after she
+should have departed. I know not how many kind things she might have
+said to the disconsolate king of the mines, had not Quicksilver hurried
+her way.
+
+"Come along quickly," whispered he in her ear, "or his majesty may
+change his royal mind. And take care, above all things, that you say
+nothing of what was brought you on the golden salver."
+
+In a very short time, they had passed the great gateway (leaving
+the three-headed Cerberus, barking, and yelping, and growling, with
+threefold din, behind them), and emerged upon the surface of the earth.
+It was delightful to behold, as Proserpina hastened along, how the path
+grew verdant behind and on either side of her. Wherever she set her
+blessed foot, there was at once a dewy flower. The violets gushed up
+along the wayside. The grass and the grain began to sprout with tenfold
+vigor and luxuriance, to make up for the dreary months that had been
+wasted in barrenness. The starved cattle immediately set to work
+grazing, after their long fast, and ate enormously, all day, and got up
+at midnight to eat more.
+
+But I can assure you it was a busy time of year with the farmers, when
+they found the summer coming upon them with such a rush. Nor must I
+forget to say, that all the birds in the whole world hopped about upon
+the newly-blossoming trees, and sang together, in a prodigious ecstasy
+of joy.
+
+Mother Ceres had returned to her deserted home, and was sitting
+disconsolately on the doorstep, with her torch burning in her hand. She
+had been idly watching the flame for some moments past, when, all at
+once, it flickered and went out.
+
+"What does this mean?" thought she. "It was an enchanted torch, and
+should have kept burning till my child came back."
+
+Lifting her eyes, she was surprised to see a sudden verdure flashing
+over the brown and barren fields, exactly as you may have observed a
+golden hue gleaming far and wide across the landscape, from the just
+risen sun.
+
+"Does the earth disobey me?" exclaimed Mother Ceres, indignantly.
+"Does it presume to be green, when I have bidden it be barren, until my
+daughter shall be restored to my arms?"
+
+"Then open your arms, dear mother," cried a well-known voice, "and take
+your little daughter into them."
+
+And Proserpina came running, and flung herself upon her mother's bosom.
+Their mutual transport is not to be described. The grief of their
+separation had caused both of them to shed a great many tears; and now
+they shed a great many more, because their joy could not so well express
+itself in any other way.
+
+When their hearts had grown a little more quiet, Mother Ceres looked
+anxiously at Proserpina.
+
+"My child," said she, "did you taste any food while you were in King
+Pluto's palace?"
+
+"Dearest mother," exclaimed Proserpina, "I will tell you the whole
+truth. Until this very morning, not a morsel of food had passed my lips.
+But to-day, they brought me a pomegranate (a very dry one it was, and
+all shriveled up, till there was little left of it but seeds and skin),
+and having seen no fruit for so long a time, and being faint with
+hunger, I was tempted just to bite it. The instant I tasted it, King
+Pluto and Quicksilver came into the room. I had not swallowed a morsel;
+but--dear mother, I hope it was no harm--but six of the pomegranate
+seeds, I am afraid, remained in my mouth."
+
+"Ah, unfortunate child, and miserable me!" exclaimed Ceres. "For each
+of those six pomegranate seeds you must spend one month of every year in
+King Pluto's palace. You are but half restored to your mother. Only six
+months with me, and six with that good-for-nothing King of Darkness!"
+
+"Do not speak so harshly of poor King Pluto," said Prosperina, kissing
+her mother. "He has some very good qualities; and I really think I can
+bear to spend six months in his palace, if he will only let me spend
+the other six with you. He certainly did very wrong to carry me off; but
+then, as he says, it was but a dismal sort of life for him, to live in
+that great gloomy place, all alone; and it has made a wonderful change
+in his spirits to have a little girl to run up stairs and down. There
+is some comfort in making him so happy; and so, upon the whole, dearest
+mother, let us be thankful that he is not to keep me the whole year
+round."
+
+
+
+
+THE GOLDEN FLEECE.
+
+When Jason, the son of the dethroned King of Iolchos, was a little
+boy, he was sent away from his parents, and placed under the queerest
+schoolmaster that ever you heard of. This learned person was one of the
+people, or quadrupeds, called Centaurs. He lived in a cavern, and had
+the body and legs of a white horse, with the head and shoulders of a
+man. His name was Chiron; and, in spite of his odd appearance, he was a
+very excellent teacher, and had several scholars, who afterwards did him
+credit by making a great figure in the world. The famous Hercules was
+one, and so was Achilles, and Philoctetes likewise, and Aesculapius, who
+acquired immense repute as a doctor. The good Chiron taught his pupils
+how to play upon the harp, and how to cure diseases, and how to use the
+sword and shield, together with various other branches of education, in
+which the lads of those days used to be instructed, instead of writing
+and arithmetic.
+
+I have sometimes suspected that Master Chiron was not really very
+different from other people, but that, being a kind-hearted and merry
+old fellow, he was in the habit of making believe that he was a horse,
+and scrambling about the schoolroom on all fours, and letting the little
+boys ride upon his back. And so, when his scholars had grown up, and
+grown old, and were trotting their grandchildren on their knees, they
+told them about the sports of their school days; and these young folks
+took the idea that their grandfathers had been taught their letters by
+a Centaur, half man and half horse. Little children, not quite
+understanding what is said to them, often get such absurd notions into
+their heads, you know.
+
+Be that as it may, it has always been told for a fact (and always will
+be told, as long as the world lasts), that Chiron, with the head of a
+schoolmaster, had the body and legs of a horse. Just imagine the grave
+old gentleman clattering and stamping into the schoolroom on his four
+hoofs, perhaps treading on some little fellow's toes, flourishing his
+switch tail instead of a rod, and, now and then, trotting out of doors
+to eat a mouthful of grass! I wonder what the blacksmith charged him for
+a set of iron shoes?
+
+So Jason dwelt in the cave, with this four-footed Chiron, from the time
+that he was an infant, only a few months old, until he had grown to
+the full height of a man. He became a very good harper, I suppose, and
+skilful in the use of weapons, and tolerably acquainted with herbs and
+other doctor's stuff, and, above all, an admirable horseman; for, in
+teaching young people to ride, the good Chiron must have been without
+a rival among schoolmasters. At length, being now a tall and athletic
+youth, Jason resolved to seek his fortune in the world, without asking
+Chiron's advice, or telling him anything about the matter. This was very
+unwise, to be sure; and I hope none of you, my little hearers, will ever
+follow Jason's example.
+
+But, you are to understand, he had heard how that he himself was a
+prince royal, and how his father, King Jason, had been deprived of
+the kingdom of Iolchos by a certain Pelias, who would also have killed
+Jason, had he not been hidden in the Centaur's cave. And, being come
+to the strength of a man, Jason determined to set all this business to
+rights, and to punish the wicked Pelias for wronging his dear father,
+and to cast him down from the throne, and seat himself there instead.
+
+With this intention, he took a spear in each hand, and threw a leopard's
+skin over his shoulders, to keep off the rain, and set forth on his
+travels, with his long yellow ringlets waving in the wind. The part of
+his dress on which he most prided himself was a pair of sandals, that
+had been his father's. They were handsomely embroidered, and were tied
+upon his feet with strings of gold. But his whole attire was such as
+people did not very often see; and as he passed along, the women and
+children ran to the doors and windows, wondering whither this beautiful
+youth was journeying, with his leopard's skin and his golden-tied
+sandals, and what heroic deeds he meant to perform, with a spear in his
+right hand and another in his left.
+
+I know not how far Jason had traveled, when he came to a turbulent
+river, which rushed right across his pathway, with specks of white
+foam among its black eddies, hurrying tumultuously onward, and roaring
+angrily as it went. Though not a very broad river in the dry seasons of
+the year, it was now swollen by heavy rains and by the melting of the
+snow on the sides of Mount Olympus; and it thundered so loudly, and
+looked so wild and dangerous, that Jason, bold as he was, thought it
+prudent to pause upon the brink. The bed of the stream seemed to be
+strewn with sharp and rugged rocks, some of which thrust themselves
+above the water. By and by, an uprooted tree, with shattered branches,
+came drifting along the current, and got entangled among the rocks. Now
+and then, a drowned sheep, and once the carcass of a cow, floated past.
+
+In short, the swollen river had already done a great deal of mischief.
+It was evidently too deep for Jason to wade, and too boisterous for him
+to swim; he could see no bridge; and as for a boat, had there been any,
+the rocks would have broken it to pieces in an instant.
+
+"See the poor lad," said a cracked voice close to his side. "He must
+have had but a poor education, since he does not know how to cross
+a little stream like this. Or is he afraid of wetting his fine
+golden-stringed sandals? It is a pity his four-footed schoolmaster is
+not here to carry him safely across on his back!"
+
+Jason looked round greatly surprised, for he did not know that anybody
+was near. But beside him stood an old woman, with a ragged mantle over
+her head, leaning on a staff, the top of which was carved into the shape
+of a cuckoo. She looked very aged, and wrinkled, and infirm; and yet her
+eyes, which were as brown as those of an ox, were so extremely large
+and beautiful, that, when they were fixed on Jason's eyes, he could
+see nothing else but them. The old woman had a pomegranate in her hand,
+although the fruit was then quite out of season.
+
+"Whither are you going, Jason?" she now asked.
+
+She seemed to know his name, you will observe; and, indeed, those great
+brown eyes looked as if they had a knowledge of everything, whether past
+or to come. While Jason was gazing at her, a peacock strutted forward,
+and took his stand at the old woman's side.
+
+"I am going to Iolchos," answered the young man, "to bid the wicked
+King Pelias come down from my father's throne, and let me reign in his
+stead."
+
+"Ah, well, then," said the old woman, still with the same cracked voice,
+"if that is all your business, you need not be in a very great hurry.
+Just take me on your back, there's a good youth, and carry me across the
+river. I and my peacock have something to do on the other side, as well
+as yourself."
+
+"Good mother," replied Jason, "your business can hardly be so important
+as the pulling down a king from his throne. Besides, as you may see
+for yourself, the river is very boisterous; and if I should chance to
+stumble, it would sweep both of us away more easily than it has carried
+off yonder uprooted tree. I would gladly help you if I could; but I
+doubt whether I am strong enough to carry you across."
+
+"Then," said she, very scornfully, "neither are you strong enough to
+pull King Pelias off his throne. And, Jason, unless you will help an old
+woman at her need, you ought not to be a king. What are kings made for,
+save to succor the feeble and distressed? But do as you please. Either
+take me on your back, or with my poor old limbs I shall try my best to
+struggle across the stream."
+
+Saying this, the old woman poked with her staff in the river, as if to
+find the safest place in its rocky bed where she might make the first
+step. But Jason, by this time, had grown ashamed of his reluctance to
+help her. He felt that he could never forgive himself, if this poor
+feeble creature should come to any harm in attempting to wrestle against
+the headlong current. The good Chiron, whether half horse or no, had
+taught him that the noblest use of his strength was to assist the weak;
+and also that he must treat every young woman as if she were his sister,
+and every old one like a mother. Remembering these maxims, the vigorous
+and beautiful young man knelt down, and requested the good dame to mount
+upon his back.
+
+"The passage seems to me not very safe," he remarked. "But as your
+business is so urgent, I will try to carry you across. If the river
+sweeps you away, it shall take me too."
+
+"That, no doubt, will be a great comfort to both of us," quoth the old
+woman. "But never fear. We shall get safely across."
+
+So she threw her arms around Jason's neck; and lifting her from the
+ground, he stepped boldly into the raging and foaming current, and began
+to stagger away from the shore. As for the peacock, it alighted on the
+old dame's shoulder. Jason's two spears, one in each hand, kept him
+from stumbling, and enabled him to feel his way among the hidden rocks;
+although every instant, he expected that his companion and himself would
+go down the stream, together with the driftwood of shattered trees, and
+the carcasses of the sheep and cow. Down came the cold, snowy torrent
+from the steep side of Olympus, raging and thundering as if it had a
+real spite against Jason, or, at all events, were determined to snatch
+off his living burden from his shoulders. When he was half way across,
+the uprooted tree (which I have already told you about) broke loose
+from among the rocks, and bore down upon him, with all its splintered
+branches sticking out like the hundred arms of the giant Briareus. It
+rushed past, however, without touching him. But the next moment his
+foot was caught in a crevice between two rocks, and stuck there so fast,
+that, in the effort to get free, he lost one of his golden-stringed
+sandals.
+
+At this accident Jason could not help uttering a cry of vexation.
+
+"What is the matter, Jason?" asked the old woman.
+
+"Matter enough," said the young man. "I have lost a sandal here among
+the rocks. And what sort of a figure shall I cut, at the court of King
+Pelias, with a golden-stringed sandal on one foot, and the other foot
+bare!"
+
+"Do not take it to heart," answered his companion cheerily. "You never
+met with better fortune than in losing that sandal. It satisfies me that
+you are the very person whom the Speaking Oak has been talking about."
+
+There was no time, just then, to inquire what the Speaking Oak had said.
+But the briskness of her tone encouraged the young man; and, besides, he
+had never in his life felt so vigorous and mighty as since taking this
+old woman on his back. Instead of being exhausted, he gathered strength
+as he went on; and, struggling up against the torrent, he at last gained
+the opposite shore, clambered up the bank, and set down the old dame and
+her peacock safely on the grass. As soon as this was done, however, he
+could not help looking rather despondently at his bare foot, with only a
+remnant of the golden string of the sandal clinging round his ankle.
+
+"You will get a handsomer pair of sandals by and by," said the old
+woman, with a kindly look out of her beautiful brown eyes. "Only let
+King Pelias get a glimpse of that bare foot, and you shall see him turn
+as pale as ashes, I promise you. There is your path. Go along, my good
+Jason, and my blessing go with you. And when you sit on your throne
+remember the old woman whom you helped over the river."
+
+With these words, she hobbled away, giving him a smile over her shoulder
+as she departed.
+
+Whether the light of her beautiful brown eyes threw a glory round
+about her, or whatever the cause might be, Jason fancied that there was
+something very noble and majestic in her figure, after all, and that,
+though her gait seemed to be a rheumatic hobble, yet she moved with as
+much grace and dignity as any queen on earth. Her peacock, which had now
+fluttered down from her shoulder, strutted behind her in a prodigious
+pomp, and spread out its magnificent tail on purpose for Jason to admire
+it.
+
+When the old dame and her peacock were out of sight, Jason set forward
+on his journey. After traveling a pretty long distance, he came to a
+town situated at the foot of a mountain, and not a great way from the
+shore of the sea. On the outside of the town there was an immense crowd
+of people, not only men and women, but children too, all in their
+best clothes, and evidently enjoying a holiday. The crowd was thickest
+towards the sea-shore; and in that direction, over the people's heads,
+Jason saw a wreath of smoke curling upward to the blue sky. He inquired
+of one of the multitude what town it was near by, and why so many
+persons were here assembled together.
+
+"This is the kingdom of Iolchos," answered the man, "and we are the
+subjects of King Pelias. Our monarch has summoned us together, that we
+may see him sacrifice a black bull to Neptune, who, they say, is his
+majesty's father. Yonder is the king, where you see the smoke going up
+from the altar."
+
+While the man spoke he eyed Jason with great curiosity; for his garb
+was quite unlike that of the Iolchians, and it looked very odd to see a
+youth with a leopard's skin over his shoulders, and each hand grasping
+a spear. Jason perceived, too, that the man stared particularly at
+his feet, one of which, you remember, was bare, while the other was
+decorated with his father's golden-stringed sandal.
+
+"Look at him! only look at him!" said the man to his next neighbor. "Do
+you see? He wears but one sandal!"
+
+Upon this, first one person, and then another, began to stare at Jason,
+and everybody seemed to be greatly struck with something in his aspect;
+though they turned their eyes much oftener towards his feet than to any
+other part of his figure. Besides, he could hear them whispering to one
+another.
+
+"One sandal! One sandal!" they kept saying. "The man with one sandal!
+Here he is at last! Whence has he come? What does he mean to do? What
+will the king say to the one-sandaled man?"
+
+Poor Jason was greatly abashed, and made up his mind that the people
+of Iolchos were exceedingly ill-bred, to take such public notice of an
+accidental deficiency in his dress. Meanwhile, whether it were that they
+hustled him forward, or that Jason, of his own accord, thrust a passage
+through the crowd, it so happened that he soon found himself close to
+the smoking altar, where King Pelias was sacrificing the black bull. The
+murmur and hum of the multitude, in their surprise at the spectacle
+of Jason with his one bare foot, grew so loud that it disturbed the
+ceremonies; and the king, holding the great knife with which he was just
+going to cut the bull's throat, turned angrily about, and fixed his
+eyes on Jason. The people had now withdrawn from around him, so that
+the youth stood in an open space, near the smoking altar, front to front
+with the angry King Pelias.
+
+"Who are you?" cried the king, with a terrible frown. "And how dare you
+make this disturbance, while I am sacrificing a black bull to my father
+Neptune?"
+
+"It is no fault of mine," answered Jason. "Your majesty must blame the
+rudeness of your subjects, who have raised all this tumult because one
+of my feet happens to be bare."
+
+When Jason said this, the king gave a quick startled glance down at his
+feet.
+
+"Ha!" muttered he, "here is the one-sandaled fellow, sure enough! What
+can I do with him?"
+
+And he clutched more closely the great knife in his hand, as if he were
+half a mind to slay Jason, instead of the black bull. The people round
+about caught up the king's words, indistinctly as they were uttered; and
+first there was a murmur amongst them, and then a loud shout.
+
+"The one-sandaled man has come! The prophecy must be fulfilled!"
+
+For you are to know, that, many years before, King Pelias had been told
+by the Speaking Oak of Dodona, that a man with one sandal should cast
+him down from his throne. On this account, he had given strict orders
+that nobody should ever come into his presence, unless both sandals were
+securely tied upon his feet; and he kept an officer in his palace, whose
+sole business it was to examine people's sandals, and to supply them
+with a new pair, at the expense of the royal treasury, as soon as the
+old ones began to wear out. In the whole course of the king's reign,
+he had never been thrown into such a fright and agitation as by the
+spectacle of poor Jason's bare foot. But, as he was naturally a bold and
+hard-hearted man, he soon took courage, and began to consider in what
+way he might rid himself of this terrible one-sandaled stranger.
+
+"My good young man," said King Pelias, taking the softest tone
+imaginable, in order to throw Jason off his guard, "you are excessively
+welcome to my kingdom. Judging by your dress, you must have traveled a
+long distance, for it is not the fashion to wear leopard skins in this
+part of the world. Pray what may I call your name? and where did you
+receive your education?"
+
+"My name is Jason," answered the young stranger. "Ever since my infancy,
+I have dwelt in the cave of Chiron the Centaur. He was my instructor,
+and taught me music, and horsemanship, and how to cure wounds, and
+likewise how to inflict wounds with my weapons!"
+
+"I have heard of Chiron the schoolmaster," replied King Pelias, "and
+how that there is an immense deal of learning and wisdom in his head,
+although it happens to be set on a horse's body. It gives me great
+delight to see one of his scholars at my court. But to test how much you
+have profited under so excellent a teacher, will you allow me to ask you
+a single question?"
+
+"I do not pretend to be very wise," said Jason. "But ask me what you
+please, and I will answer to the best of my ability."
+
+Now King Pelias meant cunningly to entrap the young man, and to make him
+say something that should be the cause of mischief and distraction to
+himself. So, with a crafty and evil smile upon his face, he spoke as
+follows:
+
+"What would you do, brave Jason," asked he, "if there were a man in
+the world, by whom, as you had reason to believe, you were doomed to
+be ruined and slain--what would you do, I say, if that man stood before
+you, and in your power?"
+
+When Jason saw the malice and wickedness which King Pelias could not
+prevent from gleaming out of his eyes, he probably guessed that the king
+had discovered what he came for, and that he intended to turn his own
+words against himself. Still he scorned to tell a falsehood. Like an
+upright and honorable prince as he was, he determined to speak out the
+real truth. Since the king had chosen to ask him the question, and since
+Jason had promised him an answer, there was no right way save to tell
+him precisely what would be the most prudent thing to do, if he had his
+worst enemy in his power.
+
+Therefore, after a moment's consideration, he spoke up, with a firm and
+manly voice.
+
+"I would send such a man," said he, "in quest of the Golden Fleece!"
+
+This enterprise, you will understand, was, of all others, the most
+difficult and dangerous in the world. In the first place it would be
+necessary to make a long voyage through unknown seas. There was hardly
+a hope, or a possibility, that any young man who should undertake this
+voyage would either succeed in obtaining the Golden Fleece, or would
+survive to return home, and tell of the perils he had run. The eyes of
+King Pelias sparkled with joy, therefore, when he heard Jason's reply.
+
+"Well said, wise man with the one sandal!" cried he. "Go, then, and at
+the peril of your life, bring me back the Golden Fleece."
+
+"I go," answered Jason, composedly. "If I fail, you need not fear that
+I will ever come back to trouble you again. But if I return to Iolchos
+with the prize, then, King Pelias, you must hasten down from your lofty
+throne, and give me your crown and sceptre."
+
+"That I will," said the king, with a sneer. "Meantime, I will keep them
+very safely for you."
+
+The first thing that Jason thought of doing, after he left the king's
+presence, was to go to Dodona, and inquire of the Talking Oak what
+course it was best to pursue. This wonderful tree stood in the center of
+an ancient wood. Its stately trunk rose up a hundred feet into the air,
+and threw a broad and dense shadow over more than an acre of ground.
+Standing beneath it, Jason looked up among the knotted branches and
+green leaves, and into the mysterious heart of the old tree, and spoke
+aloud, as if he were addressing some person who was hidden in the depths
+of the foliage.
+
+"What shall I do," said he, "in order to win the Golden Fleece?"
+
+At first there was a deep silence, not only within the shadow of the
+Talking Oak, but all through the solitary wood. In a moment or two,
+however, the leaves of the oak began to stir and rustle, as if a gentle
+breeze were wandering amongst them, although the other trees of the wood
+were perfectly still. The sound grew louder, and became like the roar of
+a high wind. By and by, Jason imagined that he could distinguish words,
+but very confusedly, because each separate leaf of the tree seemed to be
+a tongue, and the whole myriad of tongues were babbling at once. But the
+noise waxed broader and deeper, until it resembled a tornado sweeping
+through the oak, and making one great utterance out of the thousand and
+thousand of little murmurs which each leafy tongue had caused by its
+rustling. And now, though it still had the tone of a mighty wind roaring
+among the branches, it was also like a deep bass voice, speaking as
+distinctly as a tree could be expected to speak, the following words:
+
+"Go to Argus, the shipbuilder, and bid him build a galley with fifty
+oars."
+
+Then the voice melted again into the indistinct murmur of the rustling
+leaves, and died gradually away. When it was quite gone, Jason felt
+inclined to doubt whether he had actually heard the words, or whether
+his fancy had not shaped them out of the ordinary sound made by a
+breeze, while passing through the thick foliage of the tree.
+
+But on inquiry among the people of Iolchos, he found that there was
+really a man in the city, by the name of Argus, who was a very skilful
+builder of vessels. This showed some intelligence in the oak; else how
+should it have known that any such person existed? At Jason's request,
+Argus readily consented to build him a galley so big that it should
+require fifty strong men to row it; although no vessel of such a size
+and burden had heretofore been seen in the world. So the head carpenter
+and all his journeymen and apprentices began their work; and for a
+good while afterwards, there they were, busily employed, hewing out the
+timbers, and making a great clatter with their hammers; until the new
+ship, which was called the Argo, seemed to be quite ready for sea. And,
+as the Talking Oak had already given him such good advice, Jason thought
+that it would not be amiss to ask for a little more. He visited it
+again, therefore, and standing beside its huge, rough trunk, inquired
+what he should do next.
+
+This time, there was no such universal quivering of the leaves,
+throughout the whole tree, as there had been before. But after a while,
+Jason observed that the foliage of a great branch which stretched above
+his head had begun to rustle, as if the wind were stirring that one
+bough, while all the other boughs of the oak were at rest.
+
+"Cut me off!" said the branch, as soon as it could speak distinctly;
+"cut me off! cut me off! and carve me into a figure-head for your
+galley."
+
+Accordingly, Jason took the branch at its word, and lopped it off the
+tree. A carver in the neighborhood engaged to make the figurehead.
+He was a tolerably good workman, and had already carved several
+figure-heads, in what he intended for feminine shapes, and looking
+pretty much like those which we see nowadays stuck up under a vessel's
+bowsprit, with great staring eyes, that never wink at the dash of the
+spray. But (what was very strange) the carver found that his hand was
+guided by some unseen power, and by a skill beyond his own, and that his
+tools shaped out an image which he had never dreamed of. When the work
+was finished, it turned out to be the figure of a beautiful woman, with
+a helmet on her head, from beneath which the long ringlets fell down
+upon her shoulders. On the left arm was a shield, and in its center
+appeared a lifelike representation of the head of Medusa with the snaky
+locks. The right arm was extended, as if pointing onward. The face of
+this wonderful statue, though not angry or forbidding, was so grave and
+majestic, that perhaps you might call it severe; and as for the mouth,
+it seemed just ready to unclose its lips, and utter words of the deepest
+wisdom.
+
+Jason was delighted with the oaken image, and gave the carver no rest
+until it was completed, and set up where a figure-head has always stood,
+from that time to this, in the vessel's prow.
+
+"And now," cried he, as he stood gazing at the calm, majestic face of
+the statue, "I must go to the Talking Oak and inquire what next to do."
+
+"There is no need of that, Jason," said a voice which, though it was
+far lower, reminded him of the mighty tones of the great oak. "When you
+desire good advice, you can seek it of me."
+
+Jason had been looking straight into the face of the image when these
+words were spoken. But he could hardly believe either his ears or his
+eyes. The truth was, however, that the oaken lips had moved, and, to all
+appearance, the voice had proceeded from the statue's mouth. Recovering
+a little from his surprise, Jason bethought himself that the image had
+been carved out of the wood of the Talking Oak, and that, therefore, it
+was really no great wonder, but on the contrary, the most natural thing
+in the world, that it should possess the faculty of speech. It would
+have been very odd, indeed, if it had not. But certainly it was a great
+piece of good fortune that he should be able to carry so wise a block of
+wood along with him in his perilous voyage.
+
+"Tell me, wondrous image," exclaimed Jason,--"since you inherit the
+wisdom of the Speaking Oak of Dodona, whose daughter you are,--tell me,
+where shall I find fifty bold youths, who will take each of them an oar
+of my galley? They must have sturdy arms to row, and brave hearts to
+encounter perils, or we shall never win the Golden Fleece."
+
+"Go," replied the oaken image, "go, summon all the heroes of Greece."
+
+And, in fact, considering what a great deed was to be done, could any
+advice be wiser than this which Jason received from the figure-head of
+his vessel? He lost no time in sending messengers to all the cities, and
+making known to the whole people of Greece, that Prince Jason, the son
+of King Jason, was going in quest of the Fleece of Gold, and that he
+desired the help of forty-nine of the bravest and strongest young men
+alive, to row his vessel and share his dangers. And Jason himself would
+be the fiftieth.
+
+At this news, the adventurous youths, all over the country, began to
+bestir themselves. Some of them had already fought with giants, and
+slain dragons; and the younger ones, who had not yet met with such
+good fortune, thought it a shame to have lived so long without getting
+astride of a flying serpent, or sticking their spears into a Chimaera,
+or, at least, thrusting their right arms down a monstrous lion's throat.
+There was a fair prospect that they would meet with plenty of such
+adventures before finding the Golden Fleece. As soon as they could
+furbish up their helmets and shields, therefore, and gird on their
+trusty swords, they came thronging to Iolchos, and clambered on board
+the new galley. Shaking hands with Jason, they assured him that they
+did not care a pin for their lives, but would help row the vessel to
+the remotest edge of the world, and as much farther as he might think it
+best to go.
+
+Many of these brave fellows had been educated by Chiron, the four-footed
+pedagogue, and were therefore old schoolmates of Jason, and knew him
+to be a lad of spirit. The mighty Hercules, whose shoulders afterwards
+upheld the sky, was one of them. And there were Castor and Pollux, the
+twin brothers, who were never accused of being chicken-hearted, although
+they had been hatched out of an egg; and Theseus, who was so renowned
+for killing the Minotaur, and Lynceus, with his wonderfully sharp eyes,
+which could see through a millstone, or look right down into the depths
+of the earth, and discover the treasures that were there; and Orpheus,
+the very best of harpers, who sang and played upon his lyre so sweetly,
+that the brute beasts stood upon their hind legs, and capered merrily
+to the music. Yes, and at some of his more moving tunes, the rocks
+bestirred their moss-grown bulk out of the ground, and a grove of forest
+trees uprooted themselves, and, nodding their tops to one another,
+performed a country dance.
+
+One of the rowers was a beautiful young woman, named Atalanta, who had
+been nursed among the mountains by a bear. So light of foot was this
+fair damsel, that she could step from one foamy crest of a wave to
+the foamy crest of another, without wetting more than the sole of her
+sandal. She had grown up in a very wild way, and talked much about the
+rights of women, and loved hunting and war far better than her needle.
+But in my opinion, the most remarkable of this famous company were two
+sons of the North Wind (airy youngsters, and of rather a blustering
+disposition) who had wings on their shoulders, and, in case of a calm,
+could puff out their cheeks, and blow almost as fresh a breeze as their
+father. I ought not to forget the prophets and conjurors, of whom there
+were several in the crew, and who could foretell what would happen
+to-morrow or the next day, or a hundred years hence, but were generally
+quite unconscious of what was passing at the moment.
+
+Jason appointed Tiphys to be helmsman because he was a star-gazer, and
+knew the points of the compass. Lynceus, on account of his sharp sight,
+was stationed as a look-out in the prow, where he saw a whole day's sail
+ahead, but was rather apt to overlook things that lay directly under his
+nose. If the sea only happened to be deep enough, however, Lynceus could
+tell you exactly what kind of rocks or sands were at the bottom of it;
+and he often cried out to his companions, that they were sailing
+over heaps of sunken treasure, which yet he was none the richer for
+beholding. To confess the truth, few people believed him when he said
+it.
+
+Well! But when the Argonauts, as these fifty brave adventurers were
+called, had prepared everything for the voyage, an unforeseen difficulty
+threatened to end it before it was begun. The vessel, you must
+understand, was so long, and broad, and ponderous, that the united force
+of all the fifty was insufficient to shove her into the water. Hercules,
+I suppose, had not grown to his full strength, else he might have set
+her afloat as easily as a little boy launches his boat upon a puddle.
+But here were these fifty heroes, pushing, and straining, and growing
+red in the face, without making the Argo start an inch. At last,
+quite wearied out, they sat themselves down on the shore exceedingly
+disconsolate, and thinking that the vessel must be left to rot and fall
+in pieces, and that they must either swim across the sea or lose the
+Golden Fleece.
+
+All at once, Jason bethought himself of the galley's miraculous
+figure-head.
+
+"O, daughter of the Talking Oak," cried he, "how shall we set to work to
+get our vessel into the water?"
+
+"Seat yourselves," answered the image (for it had known what had ought
+to be done from the very first, and was only waiting for the question to
+be put),--"seat yourselves, and handle your oars, and let Orpheus play
+upon his harp."
+
+Immediately the fifty heroes got on board, and seizing their oars, held
+them perpendicularly in the air, while Orpheus (who liked such a task
+far better than rowing) swept his fingers across the harp. At the first
+ringing note of the music, they felt the vessel stir. Orpheus thrummed
+away briskly, and the galley slid at once into the sea, dipping her prow
+so deeply that the figure-head drank the wave with its marvelous lips,
+and rising again as buoyant as a swan. The rowers plied their fifty
+oars; the white foam boiled up before the prow; the water gurgled and
+bubbled in their wake; while Orpheus continued to play so lively a
+strain of music, that the vessel seemed to dance over the billows by way
+of keeping time to it. Thus triumphantly did the Argo sail out of the
+harbor, amidst the huzzas and good wishes of everybody except the wicked
+old Pelias, who stood on a promontory, scowling at her, and wishing
+that he could blow out of his lungs the tempest of wrath that was in his
+heart, and so sink the galley with all on board. When they had sailed
+above fifty miles over the sea, Lynceus happened to cast his sharp eyes
+behind, and said that there was this bad-hearted king, still perched
+upon the promontory, and scowling so gloomily that it looked like a
+black thunder-cloud in that quarter of the horizon.
+
+In order to make the time pass away more pleasantly during the voyage,
+the heroes talked about the Golden Fleece. It originally belonged, it
+appears, to a Boeotian ram, who had taken on his back two children, when
+in danger of their lives, and fled with them over land and sea as far
+as Colchis. One of the children, whose name was Helle, fell into the sea
+and was drowned. But the other (a little boy, named Phrixus) was brought
+safe ashore by the faithful ram, who, however, was so exhausted that
+he immediately lay down and died. In memory of this good deed, and as
+a token of his true heart, the fleece of the poor dead ram was
+miraculously changed to gold, and became one of the most beautiful
+objects ever seen on earth. It was hung upon a tree in a sacred grove,
+where it had now been kept I know not how many years, and was the envy
+of mighty kings, who had nothing so magnificent in any of their palaces.
+
+If I were to tell you all the adventures of the Argonauts, it would take
+me till nightfall, and perhaps a great deal longer. There was no lack of
+wonderful events, as you may judge from what you have already heard.
+At a certain island, they were hospitably received by King Cyzicus, its
+sovereign, who made a feast for them, and treated them like brothers.
+But the Argonauts saw that this good king looked downcast and very much
+troubled, and they therefore inquired of him what was the matter. King
+Cyzicus hereupon informed them that he and his subjects were greatly
+abused and incommoded by the inhabitants of a neighboring mountain, who
+made war upon them, and killed many people, and ravaged the country. And
+while they were talking about it, Cyzicus pointed to the mountain, and
+asked Jason and his companions what they saw there.
+
+"I see some very tall objects," answered Jason; "but they are at such a
+distance that I cannot distinctly make out what they are. To tell your
+majesty the truth, they look so very strangely that I am inclined to
+think them clouds, which have chanced to take something like human
+shapes."
+
+"I see them very plainly," remarked Lynceus, whose eyes, you know, were
+as far-sighted as a telescope. "They are a band of enormous giants, all
+of whom have six arms apiece, and a club, a sword, or some other weapon
+in each of their hands."
+
+"You have excellent eyes," said King Cyzicus. "Yes; they are six-armed
+giants, as you say, and these are the enemies whom I and my subjects
+have to contend with."
+
+The next day, when the Argonauts were about setting sail, down came
+these terrible giants, stepping a hundred yards at a stride, brandishing
+their six arms apiece, and looking formidable, so far aloft in the air.
+Each of these monsters was able to carry on a whole war by himself,
+for with one arm he could fling immense stones, and wield a club with
+another, and a sword with a third, while the fourth was poking a long
+spear at the enemy, and the fifth and sixth were shooting him with a bow
+and arrow. But, luckily, though the giants were so huge, and had so many
+arms, they had each but one heart, and that no bigger nor braver
+than the heart of an ordinary man. Besides, if they had been like the
+hundred-armed Briareus, the brave Argonauts would have given them their
+hands full of fight. Jason and his friends went boldly to meet them,
+slew a great many, and made the rest take to their heels, so that if the
+giants had had six legs apiece instead of six arms, it would have served
+them better to run away with.
+
+Another strange adventure happened when the voyagers came to Thrace,
+where they found a poor blind king, named Phineus, deserted by his
+subjects, and living in a very sorrowful way, all by himself. On Jason's
+inquiring whether they could do him any service, the king answered
+that he was terribly tormented by three great winged creatures, called
+Harpies, which had the faces of women, and the wings, bodies, and claws
+of vultures. These ugly wretches were in the habit of snatching away
+his dinner, and allowed him no peace of his life. Upon hearing this, the
+Argonauts spread a plentiful feast on the sea-shore, well knowing, from
+what the blind king said of their greediness, that the Harpies would
+snuff up the scent of the victuals, and quickly come to steal them away.
+And so it turned out; for, hardly was the table set, before the three
+hideous vulture women came flapping their wings, seized the food in
+their talons, and flew off as fast as they could. But the two sons of
+the North Wind drew their swords, spread their pinions, and set off
+through the air in pursuit of the thieves, whom they at last overtook
+among some islands, after a chase of hundreds of miles. The two winged
+youths blustered terribly at the Harpies (for they had the rough temper
+of their father), and so frightened them with their drawn swords, that
+they solemnly promised never to trouble King Phineus again.
+
+Then the Argonauts sailed onward and met with many other marvelous
+incidents, any one of which would make a story by itself. At one time
+they landed on an island, and were reposing on the grass, when
+they suddenly found themselves assailed by what seemed a shower of
+steel-headed arrows. Some of them stuck in the ground, while others hit
+against their shields, and several penetrated their flesh. The fifty
+heroes started up, and looked about them for the hidden enemy, but could
+find none, nor see any spot, on the whole island, where even a single
+archer could lie concealed. Still, however, the steel-headed arrows came
+whizzing among them; and, at last, happening to look upward, they beheld
+a large flock of birds, hovering and wheeling aloft, and shooting their
+feathers down upon the Argonauts. These feathers were the steel-headed
+arrows that had so tormented them. There was no possibility of making
+any resistance; and the fifty heroic Argonauts might all have been
+killed or wounded by a flock of troublesome birds, without ever setting
+eyes on the Golden Fleece, if Jason had not thought of asking the advice
+of the oaken image.
+
+So he ran to the galley as fast as his legs would carry him.
+
+"O, daughter of the Speaking Oak," cried he, all out of breath, "we need
+your wisdom more than ever before! We are in great peril from a flock of
+birds, who are shooting us with their steel-pointed feathers. What can
+we do to drive them away?"
+
+"Make a clatter on your shields," said the image.
+
+On receiving this excellent counsel, Jason hurried back to his
+companions (who were far more dismayed than when they fought with the
+six-armed giants), and bade them strike with their swords upon their
+brazen shields. Forthwith the fifty heroes set heartily to work, banging
+with might and main, and raised such a terrible clatter, that the birds
+made what haste they could to get away; and though they had shot half
+the feathers out of their wings, they were soon seen skimming among the
+clouds, a long distance off, and looking like a flock of wild geese.
+Orpheus celebrated this victory by playing a triumphant anthem on his
+harp, and sang so melodiously that Jason begged him to desist, lest, as
+the steel-feathered birds had been driven away by an ugly sound, they
+might be enticed back again by a sweet one.
+
+While the Argonauts remained on this island, they saw a small vessel
+approaching the shore, in which were two young men of princely demeanor,
+and exceedingly handsome, as young princes generally were, in those
+days. Now, who do you imagine these two voyagers turned out to be? Why,
+if you will believe me, they were the sons of that very Phrixus, who,
+in his childhood, had been carried to Colchis on the back of the
+golden-fleeced ram. Since that time, Phrixus had married the king's
+daughter; and the two young princes had been born and brought up at
+Colchis, and had spent their play-days in the outskirts of the grove, in
+the center of which the Golden Fleece was hanging upon a tree. They were
+now on their way to Greece, in hopes of getting back a kingdom that had
+been wrongfully taken from their father.
+
+When the princes understood whither the Argonauts were going, they
+offered to turn back, and guide them to Colchis. At the same time,
+however, they spoke as if it were very doubtful whether Jason would
+succeed in getting the Golden Fleece. According to their account, the
+tree on which it hung was guarded by a terrible dragon, who never failed
+to devour, at one mouthful, every person who might venture within his
+reach.
+
+"There are other difficulties in the way," continued the young princes.
+"But is not this enough? Ah, brave Jason, turn back before it is too
+late. It would grieve us to the heart, if you and your nine and forty
+brave companions should be eaten up, at fifty mouthfuls, by this
+execrable dragon."
+
+"My young friends," quietly replied Jason, "I do not wonder that you
+think the dragon very terrible. You have grown up from infancy in the
+fear of this monster, and therefore still regard him with the awe that
+children feel for the bugbears and hobgoblins which their nurses have
+talked to them about. But, in my view of the matter, the dragon is
+merely a pretty large serpent, who is not half so likely to snap me up
+at one mouthful as I am to cut off his ugly head, and strip the skin
+from his body. At all events, turn back who may, I will never see Greece
+again, unless I carry with me the Golden Fleece."
+
+"We will none of us turn back!" cried his nine and forty brave comrades.
+"Let us get on board the galley this instant; and if the dragon is to
+make a breakfast of us, much good may it do him."
+
+And Orpheus (whose custom it was to set everything to music) began to
+harp and sing most gloriously, and made every mother's son of them feel
+as if nothing in this world were so delectable as to fight dragons, and
+nothing so truly honorable as to be eaten up at one mouthful, in case of
+the worst.
+
+After this (being now under the guidance of the two princes, who were
+well acquainted with the way), they quickly sailed to Colchis. When the
+king of the country, whose name was Aetes, heard of their arrival,
+he instantly summoned Jason to court. The king was a stern and cruel
+looking potentate; and though he put on as polite and hospitable an
+expression as he could, Jason did not like his face a whit better than
+that of the wicked King Pelias, who dethroned his father. "You are
+welcome, brave Jason," said King Aetes. "Pray, are you on a pleasure
+voyage?--Or do you meditate the discovery of unknown islands?--or what
+other cause has procured me the happiness of seeing you at my court?"
+
+"Great sir," replied Jason, with an obeisance--for Chiron had taught him
+how to behave with propriety, whether to kings or beggars--"I have
+come hither with a purpose which I now beg your majesty's permission to
+execute. King Pelias, who sits on my father's throne (to which he has
+no more right than to the one on which your excellent majesty is now
+seated), has engaged to come down from it, and to give me his crown and
+sceptre, provided I bring him the Golden Fleece. This, as your majesty
+is aware, is now hanging on a tree here at Colchis; and I humbly solicit
+your gracious leave to take it away." In spite of himself, the king's
+face twisted itself into an angry frown; for, above all things else in
+the world, he prized the Golden Fleece, and was even suspected of having
+done a very wicked act, in order to get it into his own possession.
+It put him into the worst possible humor, therefore, to hear that the
+gallant Prince Jason, and forty-nine of the bravest young warriors of
+Greece, had come to Colchis with the sole purpose of taking away his
+chief treasure.
+
+"Do you know," asked King Aetes, eyeing Jason very sternly, "what are
+the conditions which you must fulfill before getting possession of the
+Golden Fleece?"
+
+"I have heard," rejoined the youth, "that a dragon lies beneath the tree
+on which the prize hangs, and that whoever approaches him runs the risk
+of being devoured at a mouthful."
+
+"True," said the king, with a smile that did not look particularly
+good-natured. "Very true, young man. But there are other things as hard,
+or perhaps a little harder, to be done before you can even have the
+privilege of being devoured by the dragon. For example, you must first
+tame my two brazen-footed and brazen-lunged bulls, which Vulcan, the
+wonderful blacksmith, made for me. There is a furnace in each of
+their stomachs; and they breathe such hot fire out of their mouths
+and nostrils, that nobody has hitherto gone nigh them without being
+instantly burned to a small, black cinder. What do you think of this, my
+brave Jason?"
+
+"I must encounter the peril," answered Jason, composedly, "since it
+stands in the way of my purpose."
+
+"After taming the fiery bulls," continued King Aetes, who was determined
+to scare Jason if possible, "you must yoke them to a plow, and must plow
+the sacred earth in the Grove of Mars, and sow some of the same dragon's
+teeth from which Cadmus raised a crop of armed men. They are an unruly
+set of reprobates, those sons of the dragon's teeth; and unless you
+treat them suitably, they will fall upon you sword in hand. You and your
+nine and forty Argonauts, my bold Jason, are hardly numerous or strong
+enough to fight with such a host as will spring up."
+
+"My master Chiron," replied Jason, "taught me, long ago, the story of
+Cadmus. Perhaps I can manage the quarrelsome sons of the dragon's teeth
+as well as Cadmus did."
+
+"I wish the dragon had him," muttered King Aetes to himself, "and the
+four-footed pedant, his schoolmaster, into the bargain. Why, what
+a foolhardy, self-conceited coxcomb he is! We'll see what my
+fire-breathing bulls will do for him. Well, Prince Jason," he continued,
+aloud, and as complaisantly as he could, "make yourself comfortable for
+to-day, and to-morrow morning, since you insist upon it, you shall try
+your skill at the plow."
+
+While the king talked with Jason, a beautiful young woman was standing
+behind the throne. She fixed her eyes earnestly upon the youthful
+stranger, and listened attentively to every word that was spoken; and
+when Jason withdrew from the king's presence, this young woman followed
+him out of the room.
+
+"I am the king's daughter," she said to him, "and my name is Medea. I
+know a great deal of which other young princesses are ignorant, and can
+do many things which they would be afraid so much as to dream of. If you
+will trust to me, I can instruct you how to tame the fiery bulls, and
+sow the dragon's teeth, and get the Golden Fleece."
+
+"Indeed, beautiful princess," answered Jason, "if you will do me this
+service, I promise to be grateful to you my whole life long."
+
+Gazing at Medea, he beheld a wonderful intelligence in her face. She was
+one of those persons whose eyes are full of mystery; so that, while
+looking into them, you seem to see a very great way, as into a deep
+well, yet can never be certain whether you see into the farthest depths,
+or whether there be not something else hidden at the bottom. If Jason
+had been capable of fearing anything, he would have been afraid of
+making this young princess his enemy; for, beautiful as she now looked,
+she might, the very next instant, become as terrible as the dragon that
+kept watch over the Golden Fleece.
+
+"Princess," he exclaimed, "you seem indeed very wise and very powerful.
+But how can you help me to do the things of which you speak? Are you an
+enchantress?"
+
+"Yes, Prince Jason," answered Medea, with a smile, "you have hit upon
+the truth. I am an enchantress. Circe, my father's sister, taught me to
+be one, and I could tell you, if I pleased, who was the old woman with
+the peacock, the pomegranate, and the cuckoo staff, whom you carried
+over the river; and, likewise, who it is that speaks through the lips of
+the oaken image, that stands in the prow of your galley. I am acquainted
+with some of your secrets, you perceive. It is well for you that I
+am favorably inclined; for, otherwise, you would hardly escape being
+snapped up by the dragon."
+
+"I should not so much care for the dragon," replied Jason, "if I only
+knew how to manage the brazen-footed and fiery-lunged bulls."
+
+"If you are as brave as I think you, and as you have need to be," said
+Medea, "your own bold heart will teach you that there is but one way
+of dealing with a mad bull. What it is I leave you to find out in the
+moment of peril. As for the fiery breath of these animals, I have a
+charmed ointment here, which will prevent you from being burned up, and
+cure you if you chance to be a little scorched."
+
+So she put a golden box into his hand, and directed him how to apply the
+perfumed unguent which it contained, and where to meet her at midnight.
+
+"Only be brave," added she, "and before daybreak the brazen bulls shall
+be tamed."
+
+The young man assured her that his heart would not fail him. He then
+rejoined his comrades, and told them what had passed between the
+princess and himself, and warned them to be in readiness in case there
+might be need of their help. At the appointed hour he met the beautiful
+Medea on the marble steps of the king's palace. She gave him a basket,
+in which were the dragon's teeth, just as they had been pulled out of
+the monster's jaws by Cadmus, long ago. Medea then led Jason down the
+palace steps, and through the silent streets of the city, and into the
+royal pasture ground, where the two brazen-footed bulls were kept. It
+was a starry night, with a bright gleam along the eastern edge of the
+sky, where the moon was soon going to show herself. After entering the
+pasture, the princess paused and looked around.
+
+"There they are," said she, "reposing themselves and chewing their
+fiery cuds in that farthest corner of the field. It will be excellent
+sport, I assure you, when they catch a glimpse of your figure. My father
+and all his court delight in nothing so much as to see a stranger trying
+to yoke them, in order to come at the Golden Fleece. It makes a holiday
+in Colchis whenever such a thing happens. For my part, I enjoy it
+immensely. You cannot imagine in what a mere twinkling of an eye their
+hot breath shrivels a young man into a black cinder."
+
+"Are you sure, beautiful Medea," asked Jason, "quite sure, that the
+unguent in the gold box will prove a remedy against those terrible
+burns?"
+
+"If you doubt, if you are in the least afraid," said the princess,
+looking him in the face by the dim starlight, "you had better never have
+been born than to go a step nigher to the bulls."
+
+But Jason had set his heart steadfastly on getting the Golden Fleece;
+and I positively doubt whether he would have gone back without it, even
+had he been certain of finding himself turned into a red-hot cinder,
+or a handful of white ashes, the instant he made a step farther.
+He therefore let go Medea's hand, and walked boldly forward in the
+direction whither she had pointed. At some distance before him he
+perceived four streams of fiery vapor, regularly appearing and again
+vanishing, after dimly lighting up the surrounding obscurity. These, you
+will understand, were caused by the breath of the brazen bulls, which
+was quietly stealing out of their four nostrils, as they lay chewing
+their cuds.
+
+At the first two or three steps which Jason made, the four fiery streams
+appeared to gush out somewhat more plentifully; for the two brazen bulls
+had heard his foot tramp, and were lifting up their hot noses to snuff
+the air. He went a little farther, and by the way in which the red vapor
+now spouted forth, he judged that the creatures had got upon their feet.
+Now he could see glowing sparks, and vivid jets of flame. At the next
+step, each of the bulls made the pasture echo with a terrible roar,
+while the burning breath, which they thus belched forth, lit up the
+whole field with a momentary flash. One other stride did bold Jason
+make; and, suddenly as a streak of lightning, on came these fiery
+animals, roaring like thunder, and sending out sheets of white flame,
+which so kindled up the scene that the young man could discern every
+object more distinctly than by daylight. Most distinctly of all he saw
+the two horrible creatures galloping right down upon him, their brazen
+hoofs rattling and ringing over the ground, and their tails sticking up
+stiffly into the air, as has always been the fashion with angry bulls.
+Their breath scorched the herbage before them. So intensely hot it was,
+indeed, that it caught a dry tree under which Jason was now standing,
+and set it all in a light blaze. But as for Jason himself (thanks to
+Medea's enchanted ointment), the white flame curled around his body,
+without injuring him a jot more than if he had been made of asbestos.
+
+Greatly encouraged at finding himself not yet turned into a cinder, the
+young man awaited the attack of the bulls. Just as the brazen brutes
+fancied themselves sure of tossing him into the air, he caught one of
+them by the horn, and the other by his screwed-up tail, and held them
+in a gripe like that of an iron vice, one with his right hand, the other
+with his left. Well, he must have been wonderfully strong in his arms,
+to be sure. But the secret of the matter was, that the brazen bulls were
+enchanted creatures, and that Jason had broken the spell of their fiery
+fierceness by his bold way of handling them. And, ever since that time,
+it has been the favorite method of brave men, when danger assails them,
+to do what they call "taking the bull by the horns"; and to gripe him
+by the tail is pretty much the same thing--that is, to throw aside fear,
+and overcome the peril by despising it. It was now easy to yoke the
+bulls, and to harness them to the plow, which had lain rusting on the
+ground for a great many years gone by; so long was it before anybody
+could be found capable of plowing that piece of land. Jason, I suppose,
+had been taught how to draw a furrow by the good old Chiron, who,
+perhaps, used to allow himself to be harnessed to the plow. At any rate,
+our hero succeeded perfectly well in breaking up the greensward; and,
+by the time that the moon was a quarter of her journey up the sky, the
+plowed field lay before him, a large tract of black earth, ready to be
+sown with the dragon's teeth. So Jason scattered them broadcast, and
+harrowed them into the soil with a brush-harrow, and took his stand on
+the edge of the field, anxious to see what would happen next.
+
+"Must we wait long for harvest time?" he inquired of Medea, who was now
+standing by his side.
+
+"Whether sooner or later, it will be sure to come," answered the
+princess. "A crop of armed men never fails to spring up, when the
+dragon's teeth have been sown."
+
+The moon was now high aloft in the heavens, and threw its bright beams
+over the plowed field, where as yet there was nothing to be seen. Any
+farmer, on viewing it, would have said that Jason must wait weeks before
+the green blades would peep from among the clods, and whole months
+before the yellow grain would be ripened for the sickle. But by and by,
+all over the field, there was something that glistened in the moonbeams,
+like sparkling drops of dew. These bright objects sprouted higher, and
+proved to be the steel heads of spears. Then there was a dazzling gleam
+from a vast number of polished brass helmets, beneath which, as they
+grew farther out of the soil, appeared the dark and bearded visages of
+warriors, struggling to free themselves from the imprisoning earth. The
+first look that they gave at the upper world was a glare of wrath and
+defiance. Next were seen their bright breastplates; in every right hand
+there was a sword or a spear, and on each left arm a shield; and when
+this strange crop of warriors had but half grown out of the earth, they
+struggled--such was their impatience of restraint--and, as it were, tore
+themselves up by the roots. Wherever a dragon's tooth had fallen, there
+stood a man armed for battle. They made a clangor with their swords
+against their shields, and eyed one another fiercely; for they had come
+into this beautiful world, and into the peaceful moonlight, full of rage
+and stormy passions, and ready to take the life of every human brother,
+in recompense of the boon of their own existence.
+
+There have been many other armies in the world that seemed to possess
+the same fierce nature with the one which had now sprouted from
+the dragon's teeth; but these, in the moonlit field, were the more
+excusable, because they never had women for their mothers. And how it
+would have rejoiced any great captain, who was bent on conquering the
+world, like Alexander or Napoleon, to raise a crop of armed soldiers as
+easily as Jason did! For a while, the warriors stood flourishing their
+weapons, clashing their swords against their shields, and boiling over
+with the red-hot thirst for battle. Then they began to shout--"Show us
+the enemy! Lead us to the charge! Death or victory!" "Come on, brave
+comrades! Conquer or die!" and a hundred other outcries, such as men
+always bellow forth on a battle field, and which these dragon people
+seemed to have at their tongues' ends. At last, the front rank caught
+sight of Jason, who, beholding the flash of so many weapons in the
+moonlight, had thought it best to draw his sword. In a moment all the
+sons of the dragon's teeth appeared to take Jason for an enemy; and
+crying with one voice, "Guard the Golden Fleece!" they ran at him
+with uplifted swords and protruded spears. Jason knew that it would be
+impossible to withstand this blood-thirsty battalion with his single
+arm, but determined, since there was nothing better to be done, to die
+as valiantly as if he himself had sprung from a dragon's tooth.
+
+Medea, however, bade him snatch up a stone from the ground.
+
+"Throw it among them quickly!" cried she. "It is the only way to save
+yourself."
+
+The armed men were now so nigh that Jason could discern the fire
+flashing out of their enraged eyes, when he let fly the stone, and saw
+it strike the helmet of a tall warrior, who was rushing upon him with
+his blade aloft. The stone glanced from this man's helmet to the shield
+of his nearest comrade, and thence flew right into the angry face of
+another, hitting him smartly between the eyes. Each of the three who had
+been struck by the stone took it for granted that his next neighbor had
+given him a blow; and instead of running any farther towards Jason, they
+began to fight among themselves. The confusion spread through the
+host, so that it seemed scarcely a moment before they were all hacking,
+hewing, and stabbing at one another, lopping off arms, heads, and
+legs and doing such memorable deeds that Jason was filled with immense
+admiration; although, at the same time, he could not help laughing to
+behold these mighty men punishing each other for an offense which he
+himself had committed. In an incredibly short space of time (almost
+as short, indeed, as it had taken them to grow up), all but one of the
+heroes of the dragon's teeth were stretched lifeless on the field. The
+last survivor, the bravest and strongest of the whole, had just force
+enough to wave his crimson sword over his head and give a shout of
+exultation, crying, "Victory! Victory! Immortal fame!" when he himself
+fell down, and lay quietly among his slain brethren.
+
+And there was the end of the army that had sprouted from the dragon's
+teeth. That fierce and feverish fight was the only enjoyment which they
+had tasted on this beautiful earth.
+
+"Let them sleep in the bed of honor," said the Princess Medea, with a
+sly smile at Jason. "The world will always have simpletons enough, just
+like them, fighting and dying for they know not what, and fancying that
+posterity will take the trouble to put laurel wreaths on their rusty
+and battered helmets. Could you help smiling, Prince Jason, to see the
+self-conceit of that last fellow, just as he tumbled down?"
+
+"It made me very sad," answered Jason, gravely. "And, to tell you the
+truth, princess, the Golden Fleece does not appear so well worth the
+winning, after what I have here beheld!"
+
+"You will think differently in the morning," said Medea. "True, the
+Golden Fleece may not be so valuable as you have thought it; but then
+there is nothing better in the world; and one must needs have an object,
+you know. Come! Your night's work has been well performed; and to-morrow
+you can inform King Aetes that the first part of your allotted task is
+fulfilled."
+
+Agreeably to Medea's advice, Jason went betimes in the morning to the
+palace of King Aetes. Entering the presence chamber, he stood at the
+foot of the throne, and made a low obeisance.
+
+"Your eyes look heavy, Prince Jason," observed the king; "you appear
+to have spent a sleepless night. I hope you have been considering the
+matter a little more wisely, and have concluded not to get yourself
+scorched to a cinder, in attempting to tame my brazen-lunged bulls."
+
+"That is already accomplished, may it please your majesty," replied
+Jason. "The bulls have been tamed and yoked; the field has been plowed;
+the dragon's teeth have been sown broadcast, and harrowed into the
+soil; the crop of armed warriors have sprung up, and they have slain one
+another, to the last man. And now I solicit your majesty's permission
+to encounter the dragon, that I may take down the Golden Fleece from the
+tree, and depart, with my nine and forty comrades."
+
+King Aetes scowled, and looked very angry and excessively disturbed;
+for he knew that, in accordance with his kingly promise, he ought now to
+permit Jason to win the Fleece, if his courage and skill should enable
+him to do so. But, since the young man had met with such good luck in
+the matter of the brazen bulls and the dragon's teeth, the king
+feared that he would be equally successful in slaying the dragon.
+And therefore, though he would gladly have seen Jason snapped up at a
+mouthful, he was resolved (and it was a very wrong thing of this wicked
+potentate) not to run any further risk of losing his beloved Fleece.
+
+"You never would have succeeded in this business, young man," said
+he, "if my undutiful daughter Medea had not helped you with her
+enchantments. Had you acted fairly, you would have been, at this
+instant, a black cinder, or a handful of white ashes. I forbid you, on
+pain of death, to make any more attempts to get the Golden Fleece. To
+speak my mind plainly, you shall never set eyes on so much as one of its
+glistening locks."
+
+Jason left the king's presence in great sorrow and anger. He could think
+of nothing better to be done than to summon together his forty-nine
+brave Argonauts, march at once to the Grove of Mars, slay the dragon,
+take possession of the Golden Fleece, get on board the Argo, and spread
+all sail for Iolchos. The success of this scheme depended, it is true,
+on the doubtful point whether all the fifty heroes might not be snapped
+up, at so many mouthfuls, by the dragon. But, as Jason was hastening
+down the palace steps, the Princess Medea called after him, and
+beckoned him to return. Her black eyes shone upon him with such a keen
+intelligence, that he felt as if there were a serpent peeping out of
+them; and, although she had done him so much service only the night
+before, he was by no means very certain that she would not do him an
+equally great mischief before sunset. These enchantresses, you must
+know, are never to be depended upon.
+
+"What says King Aetes, my royal and upright father?" inquired Medea,
+slightly smiling. "Will he give you the Golden Fleece, without any
+further risk or trouble?"
+
+"On the contrary," answered Jason, "he is very angry with me for taming
+the brazen bulls and sowing the dragon's teeth. And he forbids me to
+make any more attempts, and positively refuses to give up the Golden
+Fleece, whether I slay the dragon or no."
+
+"Yes, Jason," said the princess, "and I can tell you more. Unless you
+set sail from Colchis before to-morrow's sunrise, the king means to
+burn your fifty-oared galley, and put yourself and your forty-nine brave
+comrades to the sword. But be of good courage. The Golden Fleece you
+shall have, if it lies within the power of my enchantments to get it for
+you. Wait for me here an hour before midnight."
+
+At the appointed hour you might again have seen Prince Jason and the
+Princess Medea, side by side, stealing through the streets of Colchis,
+on their way to the sacred grove, in the center of which the Golden
+Fleece was suspended to a tree. While they were crossing the pasture
+ground, the brazen bulls came towards Jason, lowing, nodding their
+heads, and thrusting forth their snouts, which, as other cattle do,
+they loved to have rubbed and caressed by a friendly hand. Their
+fierce nature was thoroughly tamed; and, with their fierceness, the two
+furnaces in their stomachs had likewise been extinguished, insomuch that
+they probably enjoyed far more comfort in grazing and chewing their cuds
+than ever before. Indeed, it had heretofore been a great inconvenience
+to these poor animals, that, whenever they wished to eat a mouthful of
+grass, the fire out of their nostrils had shriveled it up, before they
+could manage to crop it. How they contrived to keep themselves alive is
+more than I can imagine. But now, instead of emitting jets of flame
+and streams of sulphurous vapor, they breathed the very sweetest of cow
+breath.
+
+After kindly patting the bulls, Jason followed Medea's guidance into
+the Grove of Mars, where the great oak trees, that had been growing for
+centuries, threw so thick a shade that the moonbeams struggled vainly to
+find their way through it. Only here and there a glimmer fell upon the
+leaf-strewn earth, or now and then a breeze stirred the boughs aside,
+and gave Jason a glimpse of the sky, lest, in that deep obscurity, he
+might forget that there was one, overhead. At length, when they had
+gone farther and farther into the heart of the duskiness, Medea squeezed
+Jason's hand.
+
+"Look yonder," she whispered. "Do you see it?"
+
+Gleaming among the venerable oaks, there was a radiance, not like the
+moonbeams, but rather resembling the golden glory of the setting sun.
+It proceeded from an object, which appeared to be suspended at about a
+man's height from the ground, a little farther within the wood.
+
+"What is it?" asked Jason.
+
+"Have you come so far to seek it," exclaimed Medea, "and do you not
+recognize the meed of all your toils and perils, when it glitters before
+your eyes? It is the Golden Fleece."
+
+Jason went onward a few steps farther, and then stopped to gaze. O, how
+beautiful it looked, shining with a marvelous light of its own, that
+inestimable prize which so many heroes had longed to behold, but had
+perished in the quest of it, either by the perils of their voyage, or by
+the fiery breath of the brazen-lunged bulls.
+
+"How gloriously it shines!" cried Jason, in a rapture. "It has surely
+been dipped in the richest gold of sunset. Let me hasten onward, and
+take it to my bosom."
+
+"Stay," said Medea, holding him back. "Have you forgotten what guards
+it?"
+
+To say the truth, in the joy of beholding the object of his desires, the
+terrible dragon had quite slipped out of Jason's memory. Soon, however,
+something came to pass, that reminded him what perils were still to be
+encountered. An antelope, that probably mistook the yellow radiance
+for sunrise, came bounding fleetly through the grove. He was rushing
+straight towards the Golden Fleece, when suddenly there was a frightful
+hiss, and the immense head and half the scaly body of the dragon was
+thrust forth (for he was twisted round the trunk of the tree on which
+the Fleece hung), and seizing the poor antelope, swallowed him with one
+snap of his jaws.
+
+After this feat, the dragon seemed sensible that some other living
+creature was within reach, on which he felt inclined to finish his meal.
+In various directions he kept poking his ugly snout among the trees,
+stretching out his neck a terrible long way, now here, now there, and
+now close to the spot where Jason and the princess were hiding behind
+an oak. Upon my word, as the head came waving and undulating through the
+air, and reaching almost within arm's length of Prince Jason, it was a
+very hideous and uncomfortable sight. The gape of his enormous jaws was
+nearly as wide as the gateway of the king's palace.
+
+"Well, Jason," whispered Medea (for she was ill natured, as all
+enchantresses are, and wanted to make the bold youth tremble), "what do
+you think now of your prospect of winning the Golden Fleece?"
+
+Jason answered only by drawing his sword, and making a step forward.
+
+"Stay, foolish youth," said Medea, grasping his arm. "Do not you see you
+are lost, without me as your good angel? In this gold box I have a magic
+potion, which will do the dragon's business far more effectually than
+your sword."
+
+The dragon had probably heard the voices; for swift as lightning, his
+black head and forked tongue came hissing among the trees again,
+darting full forty feet at a stretch. As it approached, Medea tossed
+the contents of the gold box right down the monster's wide-open throat.
+Immediately, with an outrageous hiss and a tremendous wriggle--flinging
+his tail up to the tip-top of the tallest tree, and shattering all
+its branches as it crashed heavily down again--the dragon fell at full
+length upon the ground, and lay quite motionless.
+
+"It is only a sleeping potion," said the enchantress to Prince Jason.
+"One always finds a use for these mischievous creatures, sooner or
+later; so I did not wish to kill him outright. Quick! Snatch the prize,
+and let us begone. You have won the Golden Fleece."
+
+Jason caught the fleece from the tree, and hurried through the grove,
+the deep shadows of which were illuminated as he passed by the golden
+glory of the precious object that he bore along. A little way before
+him, he beheld the old woman whom he had helped over the stream, with
+her peacock beside her. She clapped her hands for joy, and beckoning him
+to make haste, disappeared among the duskiness of the trees. Espying the
+two winged sons of the North Wind (who were disporting themselves in the
+moonlight, a few hundred feet aloft), Jason bade them tell the rest of
+the Argonauts to embark as speedily as possible. But Lynceus, with his
+sharp eyes, had already caught a glimpse of him, bringing the Golden
+Fleece, although several stone walls, a hill, and the black shadows of
+the Grove of Mars, intervened between. By his advice, the heroes had
+seated themselves on the benches of the galley, with their oars held
+perpendicularly, ready to let fall into the water.
+
+As Jason drew near, he heard the Talking Image calling to him with more
+than ordinary eagerness, in its grave, sweet voice:
+
+"Make haste, Prince Jason! For your life, make haste!"
+
+With one bound, he leaped aboard. At sight of the glorious radiance of
+the Golden Fleece, the nine and forty heroes gave a mighty shout, and
+Orpheus, striking his harp, sang a song of triumph, to the cadence of
+which the galley flew over the water, homeward bound, as if careering
+along with wings!
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Tanglewood Tales, by Nathaniel Hawthorne
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TANGLEWOOD TALES ***
+
+***** This file should be named 976.txt or 976.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/9/7/976/
+
+Produced by Dianne Bean
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.